Table of Contents

LOGO

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended February 28, 2010

OR

 

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 001-08399

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Ohio

    

31-1189815

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)      (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

200 Old Wilson Bridge Road, Columbus, Ohio

    

43085

(Address of principal executive offices)      (Zip Code)

(614) 438-3210

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Not applicable

 

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES x   NO ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

YES ¨   NO ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

x

  

Accelerated filer

 

¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES ¨   NO x

APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE ISSUERS:

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Issuer's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. On March 31, 2010, the number of Common Shares issued and outstanding was 79,254,092.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Safe Harbor Statement

   ii
Part I. Financial Information   

Item 1.

  

Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  
  

Consolidated Balance Sheets –
February 28, 2010 and May 31, 2009

   1
  

Consolidated Statements of Earnings –
Three and Nine Months Ended February 28, 2010 and February 28, 2009

   2
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows –
Three and Nine Months Ended February 28, 2010 and February 28, 2009

   3
  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   4

Item 2.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   23

Item 3.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   40

Item 4.

  

Controls and Procedures

   41
Part II. Other Information   

Item 1.

  

Legal Proceedings

   42

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

   42

Item 2.

  

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

   49

Item 3.

  

Defaults Upon Senior Securities (Not applicable)

   49

Item 4.

  

Reserved

   49

Item 5.

  

Other Information (Not applicable)

   49

Item 6.

  

Exhibits

   49
Signatures    50
Index to Exhibits    51

 

i


Table of Contents

SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

Selected statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including, without limitation, in “PART I – Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is used in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”). Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, estimates or projections concerning future results or events. These statements are often identified by the use of forward-looking words or phrases such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipated,” “may,” “could,” “intend,” “estimate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “likely,” “will,” “should” or other similar words or phrases. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to:

   

business plans or future or expected growth, performance, sales, volumes, cash flows, earnings, balance sheet strength, debt, financial condition or other financial measures;

   

projected working capital needs;

   

demand trends for the Company or its markets;

   

pricing trends for raw materials and finished goods and the impact of pricing changes;

   

anticipated capital expenditures and asset sales;

   

anticipated improvements and efficiencies in costs, operations, sales, inventory management, sourcing and the supply chain;

   

projected timing, results, benefits, costs, charges and expenditures related to acquisitions, head count reductions and facility dispositions, shutdowns and consolidations;

   

the alignment of operations with demand;

   

the ability to operate profitably and generate cash in down markets;

   

the ability to capture and maintain margins and market share and to develop or take advantage of future opportunities, new products and markets;

   

expectations for Company and customer inventories, jobs and orders;

   

expectations for the economy and markets or improvements in the economy or markets;

   

expected benefits from transformation plans, cost reduction efforts and other new initiatives;

   

expectations for improving earnings, margins or shareholder value;

   

effects of judicial rulings; and

   

other non-historical matters.

Because they are based on beliefs, estimates and assumptions, forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Any number of factors could affect actual results, including, without limitation, those that follow:

   

the effect of national, regional and worldwide economic conditions generally and within major product markets, including a prolonged or substantial economic downturn;

   

the effect of conditions in national and worldwide financial markets;

   

product demand and pricing;

   

changes in product mix, product substitution and market acceptance of the Company’s products;

   

fluctuations in pricing, quality or availability of raw materials (particularly steel) , supplies, transportation, utilities and other items required by operations;

   

effects of facility closures and the consolidation of operations;

   

the effect of financial difficulties, consolidation and other changes within the steel, automotive, construction and other industries in which the Company participates;

   

failure to maintain appropriate levels of inventories;

   

financial difficulties (including bankruptcy filings) of original equipment manufacturers, end-users and customers, suppliers, joint venture partners and others with whom the Company does business;

   

the ability to realize targeted expense reductions from head count reductions, facility closures and other cost reduction efforts;

   

the ability to realize other cost savings and operational, sales and sourcing improvements and efficiencies, and other expected benefits from transformation initiatives on a timely basis;

   

the overall success of, and the ability to integrate, newly-acquired businesses and achieve synergies therefrom;

   

capacity levels and efficiencies, within facilities and within the industry as a whole;

   

the effect of disruption in the business of suppliers, customers, facilities and shipping operations due to adverse weather, casualty events, equipment breakdow n s, labor issues, acts of war or terrorist activities or other causes;

 

ii


Table of Contents
   

changes in customer demand, inventories, spending patterns, product choices, and supplier choices;

   

risks associated with doing business internationally, including economic, political and social instability, and foreign currency exposure;

   

the ability to improve and maintain processes and business practices to keep pace with the economic, competitive and technological environment;

   

adverse claims experience with respect to workers compensation, product recalls or liability, casualty events or other matters;

   

deviation of actual results from estimates and/or assumptions used by the Company in the application of its significant accounting policies;

   

level of imports and import prices in the Company’s markets;

   

the impact of judicial rulings and governmental regulations, both in the United States and abroad; and

   

other risks described from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including those described in “PART I – Item 1A. — Risk Factors” of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 .

We note these factors for investors as contemplated by the Act. It is impossible to predict or identify all potential risk factors. Consequently, you should not consider the foregoing list to be a complete set of all potential risks and uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are based on current information as of the date of this Form 10-Q, and we assume no obligation to correct or update any such statements in the future, except as required by applicable law.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. – Financial Statements

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands)

 

     February 28,    May 31,
     2010    2009
     (unaudited)     

Assets

     

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 54,693    $ 56,319

Receivables, less allowances of $8,013 and $12,470 at February 28, 2010 and May 31, 2009

     200,149      182,881

Inventories:

     

Raw materials

     145,297      141,082

Work in process

     87,263      57,612

Finished products

     89,312      71,878
             

Total inventories

     321,872      270,572

Income taxes receivable

     15,459      29,749

Assets held for sale

     2,652      707

Deferred income taxes

     26,715      24,868

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     31,437      33,839
             

Total current assets

     652,977      598,935

Investments in unconsolidated affiliates

     109,126      100,395

Goodwill

     81,721      101,343

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $16,803 and $15,328 at February 28, 2010 and May 31, 2009

     24,013      23,642

Other assets

     13,832      18,009

Property, plant and equipment, net

     521,304      521,505
             

Total assets

   $ 1,402,973    $ 1,363,829
             

Liabilities and equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

   $ 216,829    $ 136,215

Notes payable

     120,000      980

Accrued compensation, contributions to employee benefit plans and related taxes

     41,130      34,503

Dividends payable

     7,926      7,916

Other accrued items

     41,408      49,488

Income taxes payable

     -      4,965

Current maturities of long-term debt

     3      138,013
             

Total current liabilities

     427,296      372,080

Other liabilities

     68,709      65,400

Long-term debt

     100,400      100,400

Deferred income taxes

     73,098      82,986
             

Total liabilities

     669,503      620,866

Shareholders’ equity - controlling interest

     697,185      706,069

Noncontrolling interest

     36,285      36,894
             

Total equity

     733,470      742,963
             

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,402,973    $ 1,363,829
             

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

1


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share)

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Net sales

   $ 451,113      $ 501,125      $ 1,316,621      $ 2,159,697   

Cost of goods sold

     393,399        461,204        1,142,474        2,022,293   
                                

Gross margin

     57,714        39,921        174,147        137,404   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     57,519        47,778        155,642        159,520   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     32,706        -        35,409        96,943   

Restructuring and other expense

     2,775        16,309        3,740        36,997   
                                

Operating loss

     (35,286     (24,166     (20,644     (156,056

Other income (expense):

        

Miscellaneous income (expense)

     (134     (1,146     1,236        (1,336

Gain on sale of investment in Aegis

     -        8,331        -        8,331   

Interest expense

     (1,889     (4,289     (6,448     (16,408

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     14,560        3,814        45,842        39,857   
                                

Earnings (loss) before income taxes

     (22,749     (17,456     19,986        (125,612

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (6,650     (21,191     3,872        (34,879
                                

Net earnings (loss)

     (16,099     3,735        16,114        (90,733

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1,641        2,181        3,930        3,743   
                                

Net earnings (loss) attributable to controlling interest

   $ (17,740   $ 1,554      $ 12,184      $ (94,476
                                

Average common shares outstanding - basic

     79,146        78,856        79,102        78,892   
                                

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to controlling interest - basic

   $ (0.22   $ 0.02      $ 0.15      $ (1.20
                                

Average common shares outstanding - diluted

     79,146        78,856        79,116        78,892   
                                

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to controlling interest - diluted

   $ (0.22   $ 0.02      $ 0.15      $ (1.20
                                

Common shares outstanding at end of period

     79,175        78,892        79,175        78,892   

Cash dividends declared per share

   $ 0.10      $ 0.17      $ 0.30      $ 0.51   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

2


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited, in thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
     2010     2009     2010     2009  

Operating activities

        

Net earnings (loss) attributable to controlling interest

   $ (17,740   $ 1,554      $ 12,184      $ (94,476

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) attributable to controlling interest to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and amortization

     16,103        15,848        48,431        48,227   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     32,706        -        35,409        96,943   

Restructuring charges, non-cash

     147        4,665        3,247        7,611   

Provision for deferred income taxes

     (4,870     26,876        (6,173     (23,296

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates, net of distributions

     (2,090     29,085        (6,248     21,543   

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest

     1,641        2,181        3,930        3,743   

Net loss (gain) on sale of assets

     (115     502        (4,407     512   

Stock-based compensation

     1,254        1,448        3,404        4,051   

Excess tax benefits - stock-based compensation

     -        -        -        (355

Gain on acquisitions and sales of subsidiary investments

     -        (8,331     (891     (8,331

Changes in assets and liabilities:

        

Receivables

     (16,114     122,679        (13,793     202,125   

Inventories

     (31,438     94,334        (22,040     234,620   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,536     (22,821     17,399        (28,558

Other assets

     112        244        296        899   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     8,053        (132,011     47,109        (245,202

Other liabilities

     767        (11,567     2,124        (16,375
                                

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

     (14,120     124,686        119,981        203,681   
                                

Investing activities

        

Investment in property, plant and equipment, net

     (5,638     (19,256     (26,592     (49,495

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (30,100     (150     (64,164     (40,375

Distributions from (investments in) unconsolidated affiliates, net

     (568     6,680        (304     3,542   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     185        2,101        14,663        5,559   

Proceeds from sale of investments in unconsolidated affiliates

     -        22,195        -        24,045   
                                

Net cash provided (used) by investing activities

     (36,121     11,570        (76,397     (56,724
                                

Financing activities

        

Net proceeds from (payments on) short-term borrowings

     63,779        (118,139     119,020        (135,525

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (19,459     (4     (138,010     (252

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

     720        785        2,060        2,528   

Excess tax benefits - stock-based compensation

     -        -        -        355   

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest

     (1,619     -        (4,539     (3,216

Repurchase of common shares

     -        -        -        (12,402

Dividends paid

     (7,928     (13,398     (23,741     (40,274
                                

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

     35,493        (130,756     (45,210     (188,786
                                

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (14,748     5,500        (1,626     (41,829

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     69,441        26,443        56,319        73,772   
                                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 54,693      $ 31,943      $ 54,693      $ 31,943   
                                

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Three and Nine Month Periods Ended February 28, 2010 and February 28, 2009

(Unaudited)

NOTE A – Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Worthington Industries, Inc. and consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “our,” “Worthington” or the “Company”). Investments in unconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

Spartan Steel Coating, LLC, in which the Company owns a 52% controlling interest, is fully consolidated with the equity owned by the other joint venture member shown as noncontrolling interest on the consolidated balance sheets, and the other joint venture member’s portion of net earnings included as net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest in the consolidated statements of earnings. Effective June 1, 2009, we adopted new accounting guidance concerning the treatment of noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. The new guidance changed the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which have been recharacterized as noncontrolling interests, as discussed above. Prior period financial statements and disclosures for existing minority interests have been restated in accordance with the new guidance. All other requirements of the new guidance will be applied prospectively. Refer to “NOTE C – Comprehensive Income” and “NOTE D – Changes in Equity” for additional information and revised disclosures required by the adoption of that guidance.

These unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (the “United States”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, which are of a normal and recurring nature, except those which have been disclosed elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations of these interim periods, have been included. Operating results for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending May 31, 2010 (“fiscal 2010”). Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2010 presentation. For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 (“fiscal 2009”) of Worthington Industries, Inc.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: On September 15, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) became the single source of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). The Codification changed the referencing of financial standards but did not change or alter existing U.S. GAAP. The Codification became effective for the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2010.

In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. This guidance requires enhanced disclosures about plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. Companies will be required to disclose information about how investment allocation decisions are made, the fair value of each major category of plan assets, the basis used to determine the overall expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, a description of the inputs and valuation techniques used to develop fair value measurements of plan assets and significant concentrations of credit risk. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 will require expanded disclosure in the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements but will not impact amounts within our consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets. This amendment removes the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity and requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. This amendment also requires additional disclosures about any transfers of financial assets and a transferor’s continuing involvement with transferred financial assets. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and interim periods within those fiscal years. While we believe, based on current terms and conditions of related agreements, that the adoption of this amendment will result in recognition on the consolidated balance sheets of our trade accounts receivable securitization facility (see “NOTE M – Debt and Receivables Securitization” for details regarding this facility), we continue to evaluate our options and the full impact of adopting this amendment effective June 1, 2010.

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for variable interest entities. This amendment changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the purpose and design of the other entity and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. The amendment also requires additional disclosures about a reporting entity’s involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this amendment effective June 1, 2010.

Effective August 31, 2009, we adopted guidance issued in May 2009 by the FASB, which established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued. That guidance requires disclosure of the date through which subsequent events are evaluated and whether the date corresponds with the time at which the financial statements were available for issue (as defined) or were issued. During February 2010, and effective immediately upon issuance, the FASB amended that guidance. As a result, the Company is no longer required to, and does not, disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated.

NOTE B – Segment Operations

During the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010, we made certain organizational changes that impacted the internal reporting and management structure of our previously reported Construction Services operating segment. This operating segment consisted of the Worthington Integrated Building Systems (“WIBS”) business unit, which included the Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs businesses. As a result of continued challenges facing those businesses, the interaction between those businesses and other operations within the Company and other industry factors, management responsibilities and internal reporting were re-aligned and separated for those entities within WIBS. Operational strategies have also been modified for these businesses, in order to reduce redundancy and competition within the consolidated Company. While the composition of the Company’s reportable segments is unchanged from this development (see description within “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note H – Segment Data” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2009 of Worthington Industries, Inc. for a full description of the reportable segments), the level of aggregation within the Other category for segment reporting purposes is impacted, as are the identified reporting units used for testing of potential goodwill impairment. Subsequent to this change, and as of February 28, 2010, the Other category, for purposes of reporting segment financial information, continues to include Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs. However, those operating units are no longer combined together as the Construction Services operating segment, but are each separate and distinct operating segments, as well as separate reporting units.

During the quarter ended February 28, 2010, prior to the separation of those businesses formerly comprising the Construction Services operating segment and as a result of many of the same factors leading to that change, as described above, we again tested the value of the goodwill balances in the then Construction Services operating segment, after having tested the long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, for impairment. See “NOTE I – Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets” for additional details of that testing and the resulting impairments, which are included within the Other category in the tables below.

 

5


Table of Contents

Summarized financial information for our reportable segments is shown in the following tables:

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in thousands)    2010     2009     2010     2009  

Net sales

        

Steel Processing

   $ 232,219      $ 192,471      $ 639,362      $ 1,003,950   

Metal Framing

     67,517        137,210        243,529        550,495   

Pressure Cylinders

     116,538        117,531        322,771        408,330   

Other

     34,839        53,913        110,959        196,922   
                                

Consolidated

   $ 451,113      $ 501,125      $ 1,316,621      $ 2,159,697   
                                

Operating income (loss)

        

Steel Processing

   $ 7,465      $ (18,643   $ 23,008      $ (46,097

Metal Framing

     (9,087     (6,049     (10,565     (139,071

Pressure Cylinders

     4,095        13,136        14,072        51,958   

Other

     (37,759     (12,610     (47,159     (22,846
                                

Consolidated

   $ (35,286   $ (24,166   $ (20,644   $ (156,056
                                

Pre-tax impairment of long-lived assets and restructuring and other expense

        

Steel Processing

   $ 286      $ 2,606      $ 461      $ 3,079   

Metal Framing

     2,014        5,854        2,995        108,447   

Pressure Cylinders

     12        -        307        7   

Other

     33,169        7,849        35,386        22,407   
                                

Consolidated

   $ 35,481      $ 16,309      $ 39,149      $ 133,940   
                                
(in thousands)    February 28,
2010
    May 31,
2009
       

Total assets

      

Steel Processing

   $ 601,876      $ 469,701     

Metal Framing

     186,923        226,285     

Pressure Cylinders

     403,210        355,717     

Other

     210,964        312,126     
                  

Consolidated

   $ 1,402,973      $ 1,363,829     
                  

 

6


Table of Contents

NOTE C – Comprehensive Income

The following table summarizes the allocation of total comprehensive income (loss) between controlling and noncontrolling interests for the three and nine month periods ended February 28, 2010:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28, 2010     Nine Months Ended February 28, 2010  
(in thousands)    Controlling
Interest
    Noncontrolling
Interest
   Total     Controlling
Interest
    Noncontrolling
Interest
   Total  

Net earnings (loss)

   $ (17,740   $ 1,641    $ (16,099   $ 12,184      $ 3,930    $ 16,114   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

              

Foreign currency translation

     (10,269     -      (10,269     (4,465     -      (4,465

Cash flow hedges

     1,230        -      1,230        (438     -      (438

Pension liability adjustment

     265        -      265        2,277        -      2,277   
                                              

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (26,514   $ 1,641    $ (24,873   $ 9,558      $ 3,930    $ 13,488   
                                              

The following table summarizes the allocation of total comprehensive income (loss) between controlling and noncontrolling interests for the three and nine month periods ended February 28, 2009:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28, 2009     Nine Months Ended February 28, 2009  
(in thousands)    Controlling
Interest
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total     Controlling
Interest
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total  

Net earnings (loss)

   $ 1,554      $ 2,181      $ 3,735      $ (94,476   $ 3,743      $ (90,733

Other comprehensive income (loss):

            

Foreign currency translation

     (2,281     -        (2,281     (25,424     (1,874     (27,298

Cash flow hedges

     593        (29     564        (5,450     (772     (6,222

Pension liability adjustment

     (1,109     -        (1,109     (1,109     -        (1,109
                                                

Total comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (1,243   $ 2,152      $ 909      $ (126,459   $ 1,097      $ (125,362
                                                

NOTE D – Changes in Equity

The following table provides a summary of the changes in total equity, shareholders’ equity attributable to controlling interest, and equity attributable to noncontrolling interest for the nine months ended February 28, 2010:

 

     Controlling Interest     Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total  
(in thousands)    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   Cumulative
Other
Comprehensive
Income, Net of
Tax
    Retained
Earnings
    Total      

Balance at May 31, 2009

   $ 183,051    $ 4,457      $ 518,561      $ 706,069      $ 36,894      $ 742,963   

Comprehensive income (loss)*

     -      (2,626     12,184        9,558        3,930        13,488   

Common shares issued

     1,905      -        -        1,905        -        1,905   

Stock-based compensation

     3,404      -        -        3,404        -        3,404   

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest

     -      -        -        -        (4,539     (4,539

Cash dividends declared

     -      -        (23,751     (23,751     -        (23,751
                                               

Balance at February 28, 2010

   $ 188,360    $ 1,831      $ 506,994      $ 697,185      $ 36,285      $ 733,470   
                                               

 

*

The allocation of the components of comprehensive income (loss) attributable to controlling and noncontrolling interests is disclosed in “NOTE C – Comprehensive Income.”

 

7


Table of Contents

NOTE E – Stock-Based Compensation

During the nine months ended February 28, 2010, we granted non-qualified stock options covering an aggregate of 982,875 common shares under our stock-based compensation plans. The weighted average option price of $13.33 per share reflects the weighted average market price of the underlying common shares at the respective grant dates. The weighted average fair value of these stock options, based on the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, calculated at the respective grant dates, was $4.85 per share. The calculated, pre-tax, stock-based compensation expense for these stock options, after an estimate for forfeitures, is $3,929,000, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the stock options. The following weighted average assumptions were used to value the stock options:

 

Dividend yield

   3.1

Expected term (years)

   6.0   

Expected volatility

   47.9

Risk-free interest rate

   2.9

The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common shares of the Company, and the risk-free interest rate is based on the United States Treasury strip rate for the expected term of the stock options. The expected term was developed using the historical exercise experience.

NOTE F – Employee Pension Plans

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic pension cost for our defined benefit plans for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in thousands)    2010     2009     2010     2009  

Defined benefit plans:

        

Service cost

   $ 208      $ 218      $ 625      $ 669   

Interest cost

     354        326        1,065        991   

Expected return on plan assets

     (222     (306     (665     (917

Net amortization and deferral

     63        55        190        165   
                                

Net pension cost of defined benefit plans

   $ 403      $ 293      $ 1,215      $ 908   
                                

We anticipate total contributions of approximately $982,000 to our defined benefit plans in fiscal 2010, of which approximately $855,000 had been made as of February 28, 2010.

NOTE G – Income Taxes

The effective income tax rates reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2010 were 29.2% and 19.4%, respectively. The effective income tax rate associated with the loss for the three months ended February 28, 2010 was different than the United States federal statutory income tax rate as a result of impacts that include, but are not limited to, having results from foreign operations taxed at lower foreign income tax rates, the cumulative impact of adjusting the expected annual effective income tax rate (excluding discrete items) and the nature of the income attributable to noncontrolling interests as not taxable to Worthington. The effective income tax rate associated with the earnings for the nine months ended February 28, 2010 also differed from the United States federal statutory income tax rate as a result of the items discussed above, in addition to the impact from the realization of a non-taxable gain on the sale of our Metal Framing operations in Canada.

The effective income tax rates reflected in the consolidated statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2009 were 121.4% and 27.8%, respectively. The effective income tax rate associated with the loss for the three months ended February 28, 2009 was different than the United States federal statutory income tax rate as a result of impacts that include, but are not limited to, having results from foreign operations taxed at lower foreign income tax rates, the cumulative impact of adjusting the expected annual effective income tax rate (excluding discrete items) and the nature of the income attributable to noncontrolling interests as not taxable to Worthington. The effective income tax rate associated with the loss for the nine months ended February 28, 2009 also differed from the United States federal statutory income tax rate as a result of the items discussed above, in addition to the impact from the non-deductible portion of the impairment of the goodwill of the Metal Framing segment.

 

8


Table of Contents

NOTE H – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates

Our investments in affiliated companies that are not controlled, either through majority ownership or otherwise, are accounted for using the equity method. At February 28, 2010, these equity investments, and the percentage interest owned, consisted of: Worthington Armstrong Venture (“WAVE”) (50%), TWB Company, L.L.C. (45%), Worthington Specialty Processing (“WSP”) (51%), Serviacero Planos, S.A. de C.V. (50%), LEFCO Worthington, LLC (49%), DMFCWBS, LLC (the “Clark JV”) (50%), and Samuel Steel Pickling Company (31%). WSP is considered to be jointly controlled and not consolidated due to substantive participating rights of the minority partner.

On August 12, 2009, we joined with ClarkWestern Building Systems, Inc., to create the Clark JV. We contributed certain intangible assets and committed to pay a portion of certain costs and expenses in return for 50% of the units and voting power of the joint venture. The purpose of the joint venture is to develop, test and obtain approvals for metal framing stud designs, as well as to develop, own and license intellectual property related to such designs. The Clark JV will not manufacture or sell any products, but will license its designs to its members and possibly to third parties. The joint venture is accounted for using the equity method of accounting, as both parties have equal voting rights and control.

As further discussed in “NOTE K – Acquisitions,” Worthington acquired certain assets from Gibraltar Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries (“Gibraltar”) on February 1, 2010. Included in the assets acquired was a 31.25% partnership interest in Samuel Steel Pickling Company, a joint venture which operates a steel pickling facility in Twinsburg, Ohio. The joint venture is accounted for using the equity method of accounting, as the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in the joint venture.

We received distributions from unconsolidated affiliates totaling $39,970,000 during the nine months ended February 28, 2010. We have received cumulative distributions from WAVE in excess of our investment balance, which resulted in an amount within other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of $18,686,000 at February 28, 2010. During the nine months ended February 28, 2010 and 2009, the distributions received from WAVE in excess of the Company’s cumulative equity in the earnings of that joint venture were $375,000 and $6,680,000, respectively. Those cash flows are included in investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows due to the nature of the distributions as returns of investment, rather than returns on investment.

 

9


Table of Contents

Combined financial information for the unconsolidated affiliates is summarized in the following table:

 

(in thousands)    February 28,
2010
   May 31,
2009

Cash

   $ 73,615    $ 72,103

Other current assets

     175,927      165,615

Noncurrent assets

     173,244      167,779
             

Total assets

   $ 422,786    $ 405,497
             

Current liabilities

   $ 69,155    $ 57,995

Long-term debt

     151,976      150,596

Other noncurrent liabilities

     10,821      24,373

Equity

     190,834      172,533
             

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 422,786    $ 405,497
             

 

     Three Months Ended
February 28,
    Nine Months Ended
February 28,
(in thousands)    2010    2009     2010    2009

Net sales

   $ 169,569    $ 134,315      $ 505,065    $ 574,960

Gross margin

     41,222      23,052        131,756      143,169

Depreciation and amortization

     2,556      2,976        7,968      11,056

Interest expense

     356      955        1,088      2,957

Income tax expense (benefit)

     1,264      (2,855     2,225      7,330

Net earnings

     29,727      5,533        89,636      85,252

NOTE I – Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets

We review the carrying value of our long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or a group of assets may not be recoverable. When a potential impairment is indicated, accounting standards require a charge to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements if the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets exceeds the fair value of that asset or group of assets. The loss recognized would be the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets.

Due to continued deterioration in business and market conditions impacting the Steel Packaging operating segment during the second quarter of fiscal 2010, we determined that certain indicators of potential impairment were present for certain long-lived assets . Therefore, those long-lived assets were tested for impairment during the quarter ended November 30, 2009. Recoverability of the identified asset groups was tested using future cash flow projections based on management’s long range estimates of market conditions.

The sum of the undiscounted future cash flows related to the Steel Packaging asset group was less than the net book value for the asset group. Therefore, an impairment loss was recognized at November 30, 2009 in the amount of $2,703,000. The impairment loss was recorded within impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statement of earnings for the nine months ended February 28, 2010, and was based on the excess of the assets’ carrying amounts over their respective fair values at November 30, 2009.

Due to continued deterioration in business and market conditions impacting our Metal Framing operating segment and the then Construction Services operating segment during the third quarter of fiscal 2010, we determined that certain indicators of potential impairment were present for long-lived assets . Therefore, long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, were tested for impairment during the quarter ended February 28, 2010. Recoverability of the identified asset groups was tested using future cash flow projections based on management’s long range estimates of market conditions.

The sum of the undiscounted future cash flows related to the Metal Framing asset group was more than the net book value for the asset group. Therefore, there was no impairment loss at February 28, 2010 in the Metal Framing operating segment, other than that described at “NOTE L – Fair Value.”

 

10


Table of Contents

The sum of the undiscounted future cash flows related to an identified asset group within the Construction Services operating segment (as previously reported and discussed within “NOTE B – Segment Operations”) was less than the net book value for the asset group. Therefore, an impairment loss was recognized during the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010 in the amount of $8,055,000. The impairment loss was recorded within impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statements of earnings, and was based on the excess of the assets’ carrying amounts over their respective fair values at February 28, 2010.

We test our goodwill balances for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter, and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. We test goodwill at the operating segment level as we have determined that the characteristics of the components within each operating segment are similar and allow for their aggregation to the operating segment level for testing purposes. The test consists of determining the fair value of the operating segments, using discounted cash flows, and comparing the result to the carrying values of the operating segments. If the estimated fair value of an operating segment exceeds its carrying value, there is no impairment. If the carrying amount of the operating segment exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment of the goodwill is indicated. The amount of the impairment would be determined by establishing the fair value of all assets and liabilities of the operating segment, excluding the goodwill, and comparing the total to the estimated fair value of the operating segment. The difference would represent the fair value of the goodwill; and, if it is lower than the book value of the goodwill, the difference would be recorded as a loss in the consolidated statements of earnings.

The results of the Construction Services operating segment (as previously reported and discussed within “NOTE B – Segment Operations) have continued to deteriorate as the anticipated economic recovery in the commercial construction industry has been pushed further into the future. As a result, management determined that impairment indicators existed in the recent past and the assets (long-lived assets as well as goodwill) of the Construction Services operating segment have been reviewed for potential impairment on a quarterly basis during fiscal 2010. These tests were performed in earlier periods with no impairment resulting. However, each successive test yielded a result closer to the point at which an impairment would be indicated. During the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010, we again tested the value of the goodwill balances in the Construction Services operating segment. Based upon the continued depression of the industry and the future uncertainty of the market, we revised the forecasted cash flows used in our previous valuations of this operating segment downward. After reviewing the revised valuation and the fair value estimates of the remaining net assets, it was determined that the value of the business no longer supported its $24,651,000 goodwill balance. As a result, the full amount was written-off in the third fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010. The impairment loss was recorded within impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2010. Management continues to assess these business units, as well as market and industry factors impacting the business units, in order to determine the appropriate course of action going forward.

 

11


Table of Contents

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the nine months ended February 28, 2010, by reportable segment, are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Metal Framing     Pressure Cylinders     Other     Total  

Balance at May 31, 2009

        

Goodwill

   $ 96,943      $ 76,692      $ 24,651      $ 198,286   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (96,943     -        -        (96,943
                                
     -        76,692        24,651        101,343   

Acquisitions and purchase accounting adjustments

     -        5,625        -        5,625   

Translation adjustments

     -        (596     -        (596
                                

Impairment losses

     -        -        (24,651     (24,651
                                

Balance at February 28, 2010

        

Goodwill

     96,943        81,721        24,651        203,315   

Accumulated impairment losses

     (96,943     -        (24,651     (121,594
                                
   $ -      $ 81,721      $ -      $ 81,721   
                                

We will continue to test goodwill and other long-lived assets for impairment in each reporting period in which indicators, or potential indicators, of impairment are present. We will also perform the required annual test of impairment for the goodwill balances related to the Pressure Cylinders operating segment during the fourth fiscal quarter ending May 31, 2010.

NOTE J – Restructuring

In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, we announced the initiation of a Transformation Plan (the “Plan”) with the overall goal to increase the Company’s sustainable earnings potential, asset utilization and operational performance. The Plan is being implemented over a three-year period and focuses on cost reduction, margin expansion and organizational capability improvements and, in the process, drives excellence in three core competencies: sales, operations and supply chain management. The Plan is comprehensive in scope and includes aggressive diagnostic and implementation phases in the Steel Processing and Metal Framing operating segments. As a result of the Plan and its related efforts, we have incurred certain asset impairments which have been included within restructuring and other expense in the consolidated statements of earnings. Asset impairment charges which are not a result of these efforts have been included within impairment of long-lived assets in the consolidated statements of earnings.

To date, the following have taken place:

 

   

During the first quarter of fiscal 2008, an initial head count reduction plan was put into place, utilizing a combination of voluntary retirement and severance packages. A total of 63 individuals, across the Company, were impacted.

 

   

On September 25, 2007, we announced the closure or downsizing of five locations in our Metal Framing operating segment. These actions were completed as of May 31, 2008 and included head count reductions of approximately 165.

 

   

During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, the Metal Framing corporate offices were moved from Pittsburgh and Blairsville, Pennsylvania to Columbus, Ohio. Head count was reduced by 33.

 

12


Table of Contents
   

On October 23, 2008, we announced the closure of two facilities, one Steel Processing (Louisville, Kentucky) and one Metal Framing (Renton, Washington), as well as head count reductions of 282. The Louisville facility was closed on February 28, 2009, and the Renton facility closed on December 31, 2008. During the second quarter of fiscal 2010, the remaining assets of the Louisville facility were sold, resulting in a gain of $1,003,000. That gain has been classified within restructuring and other expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and is included in the gains on dispositions of $4,776,000 noted in the table below.

 

   

On December 5, 2008, we announced the closure and/or suspension of operations at three Metal Framing facilities and head count reductions in Steel Processing of 186. The Lunenburg, Massachusetts facility closed and operations suspended in Miami, Florida and Phoenix, Arizona on February 28, 2009. The associated head count impact for Metal Framing was a reduction of 125.

 

   

In August 2009, the Lunenburg, Massachusetts facility met the held for sale classification criteria under applicable accounting guidance. After an immaterial adjustment to fair value, the $1,235,000 carrying value of that facility has been included within assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of February 28, 2010.

 

   

The decision was made during the first quarter of fiscal 2010 to close the Joliet, Illinois Metal Framing facility. A majority of the roll forming operation located at that facility was moved to the Hammond, Indiana facility during the third quarter of fiscal 2010. Approximately $1,717,000 of impairment was recognized during the nine months ended February 28, 2010 related to this closure.

 

   

During the third quarter of fiscal 2010, additional head count reductions took place across locations within Metal Framing, Military Construction and Mid-Rise Construction. A total of 113 individuals were impacted.

 

   

In February 2010, the Rock Hill, South Carolina Steel Processing facility met the held for sale classification criteria under applicable accounting guidance. The $1,311,000 carrying value of that facility, which was determined to be below fair value, has been included within assets held for sale in the consolidated balance sheet as of February 28, 2010.

A total of $64,892,000 has been recorded to date as restructuring and other expense in the consolidated statements of earnings: $18,111,000 and $43,041,000 were incurred in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively, and $3,740,000 was incurred during the first nine months of fiscal 2010. Restructuring and other expense for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 is summarized as follows:

 

(in thousands)    5/31/2009
Liability
   Expense     Payments     Adjustments     2/28/2010
Liability

Early retirement and severance

   $ 3,201    $ 3,299      $ (4,568   $ (15   $ 1,917

Other costs

     999      1,970        (2,470     -        499
                                     
   $ 4,200      5,269      $ (7,038   $ (15   $ 2,416
                               

Non-cash restructuring charges

        3,247         

Gains on dispositions

        (4,776      
                 

Total

      $ 3,740         
                 

To assist in the development and implementation of the Plan, a consulting firm was retained. The services provided by this firm included assistance through diagnostic tools, performance improvement technologies, project management techniques, benchmarking information and insights that directly related to the Plan. Accordingly, the firm’s fees were included in restructuring charges. Those services began at the onset of the Plan and concluded in fiscal 2009. Though decreasing in level and amount, continued restructuring charges are expected to be incurred under the Plan during the remainder of fiscal 2010 and into the early periods of the next fiscal year. Recent charges have been, and future charges are expected to be, largely comprised of continued severance, retirement and internal transformation team expense, as well as non-cash impairment losses and accelerated depreciation expense for impacted assets.

Included in the $4,776,000 gains on dispositions above is a gain of $3,773,000 on the sale of our Metal Framing operations in Canada. The sale included two manufacturing facilities located in Burnaby, British Columbia and Mississauga, Ontario and two sales and distribution centers located in LaSalle, Quebec and Edmonton, Alberta. Because the sale did not meet the criteria for classification as discontinued operations, the resulting gain has been included within operating income in the Company’s consolidated statements of earnings.

 

13


Table of Contents

NOTE K – Acquisitions

Effective June 1, 2009, we adopted updated accounting standards aimed at improving the relevance, representational faithfulness and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a business combination and its effects. As a result, transaction costs associated with the acquisitions of the steel processing assets of Gibraltar, assets related to the businesses of Piper Metal Forming Corporation, U.S. Respiratory, Inc. and Pacific Cylinders, Inc. (collectively, “Piper”) and the membership interests of Structural Composites Industries, LLC (“SCI”) were expensed, and recorded within selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of earnings, and a gain on the Piper acquisition was recorded, as discussed below.

On June 1, 2009, Worthington purchased substantially all of the assets of Piper for cash of $9,713,000. Piper is a manufacturer of aluminum high pressure cylinders and impact extruded steel and aluminum parts, serving the medical, automotive, defense, oil services and other commercial markets, with one manufacturing location in New Albany, Mississippi. It operates as part of Worthington’s Pressure Cylinders operating segment. Piper’s aluminum products increase our line of industrial gas product offerings and present an opportunity to increase our participation in the growing medical market.

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities in the Piper acquisition were measured and recognized based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition, with the gain on the acquisition of $891,000 representing the excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets over the purchase price. The Company was able to realize a gain on this transaction as a result of the then current market conditions and the seller’s desire to exit the business. The gain on this transaction was recorded in miscellaneous income (expense) on the consolidated statements of earnings.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Piper acquisition were as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,935   

Inventory

     4,142   

Other current assets

     296   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     4,300   
        

Total assets

     12,673   

Accounts payable

     (1,711

Accrued liabilities

     (358
        

Identifiable net assets

     10,604   

Gain on acquisition

     (891
        

Total purchase price

   $ 9,713   
        

On September 3, 2009, the Company acquired the membership interests of SCI for cash of $24,351,000. SCI is a manufacturer of U.S. Department of Transportation-approved lightweight, aluminum-lined, composite-wrapped high pressure cylinders used in commercial, military, marine and aerospace applications. Product lines include cylinders for alternative fuel vehicles using compressed natural gas or hydrogen, self-contained breathing apparatuses, aviation oxygen and escape slides, military applications, home oxygen therapy and advanced and cryogenic structures. SCI operates as part of Worthington’s Pressure Cylinders operating segment. The acquisition of SCI allows the Company to continue to grow the Pressure Cylinders business and provides an entry into weight critical applications, further broadening the portfolio beyond the operating segment’s original, core markets.

 

14


Table of Contents

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities in the SCI acquisition were measured and recognized based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition, with goodwill representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the identifiable net assets. Intangible assets, consisting mostly of customer list, trade name and technology, will be amortized over a weighted average life of 13.5 years on a straight-line basis. While the Company does not anticipate any significant changes to the initial accounting for this transaction, final review of the purchased net assets and related fair value determinations remains in process and could result in future adjustments within the measurement period, as defined within applicable accounting guidance.

Cash flows used to determine the purchase price included strategic and synergistic benefits (investment value) specific to us, which resulted in a purchase price in excess of the fair value of identifiable net assets. Since the fair values assigned to the acquired assets could only assume strategies and synergies of market participants, that additional investment value specific to us was included in goodwill. The purchase price included fair values of other assets that were not identifiable, not separately recognizable under accounting rules (e.g., assembled workforce), or of immaterial value. Goodwill of $5,625,000 is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the SCI acquisition were as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Accounts receivable

   $ 2,897   

Inventory

     4,929   

Other current assets

     116   

Intangible assets

     7,800   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     6,117   
        

Total assets

     21,859   

Accounts payable

     (1,535

Accrued liabilities

     (1,576

Other liabilities

     (22
        

Identifiable net assets

     18,726   

Goodwill

     5,625   
        

Total purchase price

   $ 24,351   
        

On February 1, 2010, the Company acquired the steel processing assets of Gibraltar for cash of $29,030,000. Those assets are now operated within the Steel Processing operating segment of Worthington. The acquisition will expand the capabilities of the Company’s cold-rolled strip business and its ability to service the needs of new and existing customers. The assets acquired were Gibraltar’s Cleveland, Ohio facility, equipment and inventory of Gibraltar’s Buffalo, New York facility and a warehouse in Detroit, Michigan. Also acquired was the stock of Cleveland Pickling, Inc., whose only asset is a 31.25% interest in Samuel Steel Pickling Company, a joint venture which operates a steel pickling facility in Twinsburg, Ohio.

The acquired assets and assumed liabilities in the Gibraltar acquisition were measured and recognized based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. Intangible assets, consisting mostly of customer list, will be amortized over a weighted average life of 9.7 years on a straight-line basis. The purchase price included fair values of other assets that were not identifiable, not separately recognizable under accounting rules (e.g., assembled workforce), or of immaterial value. The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed approximated the purchase price, and therefore no goodwill, nor any bargain purchase gain, was generated. While the Company does not anticipate any changes to the initial accounting for this transaction, final review of the purchased net assets and related fair value determinations remains in process and could result in future adjustments within the measurement period, as defined within applicable accounting guidance. The $29,030,000 purchase price includes a final working capital adjustment of $(1,070,000). That amount was not yet received by the Company as of February 28, 2010 and is reflected as a receivable in the consolidated balance sheet as of that date.

 

15


Table of Contents

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Giraltar acquisition were as follows:

 

(in thousands)       

Accounts receivable

   $ 274   

Inventory

     24,059   

Other current assets

     143   

Intangible assets

     3,784   

Property, plant and equipment, net

     19,227   

Investment in affiliate

     2,500   
        

Total assets

     49,987   

Accounts payable

     (19,870

Accrued liabilities

     (1,087
        

Identifiable net assets

     29,030   

Goodwill

     -   
        

Total purchase price

   $ 29,030   
        

Operating results of Piper have been included in the consolidated statements of earnings from the acquisition date, which was the first day of fiscal 2010, forward. Operating results of SCI have been included in the consolidated statements of earnings from the acquisition date of September 3, 2009, forward. Operating results generated from the steel processing assets acquired from Gibraltar have been included in the consolidated statements of earnings from the acquisition date of February 1, 2010, forward. Pro forma results, including the acquired businesses described above since the beginning of fiscal 2009, would not be materially different than the actual results reported.

NOTE L – Fair Value

Effective June 1, 2008, we adopted accounting guidance that established a framework for measuring fair value and expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance was effective for our financial assets and liabilities after May 31, 2008, and was effective for our non-financial assets and liabilities after May 31, 2009. The adoption of this fair value guidance did not have a material impact on amounts within our consolidated financial statements.

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value is to be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Current authoritative accounting guidance uses a three-tier hierarchy that classifies assets and liabilities based on the inputs used in the valuation methodologies. In accordance with this guidance, we measured our derivative contracts at fair value. We classified these as level 2 assets and liabilities, as they are based upon models utilizing market observable inputs and credit risk. Derivative instruments are executed only with highly rated financial institutions. No credit loss is anticipated on existing instruments, and no material credit losses have been experienced to date. The Company continues to monitor its positions, as well as the credit ratings of counterparties to those positions.

 

16


Table of Contents

At February 28, 2010, our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Totals

Assets

           

Commodity derivative contracts

   $ -    $ 833    $ -    $ 833
                           

Liabilities

           

Foreign currency derivative contracts

   $ -    $ 359    $ -    $ 359

Interest rate derivative contracts

     -      9,112      -      9,112

Commodity derivative contracts

     -      98      -      98
                           

Total liabilities

   $ -    $ 9,569    $ -    $ 9,569
                           

Refer to “NOTE N – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional information regarding the location within the consolidated balance sheets and the risk classification of the Company’s derivative instruments.

At February 28, 2010, the fair values of the Company’s assets measured on a non-recurring basis are categorized as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Totals

Assets

           

Long-lived assets held for sale

   $ -    $ 1,235    $ -    $ 1,235

Long-lived assets held and used

     -      4,420      1,628      6,048
                           

Total assets

   $ -    $ 5,655    $ 1,628    $ 7,283
                           

Certain assets of the Lunenburg, Massachusetts Metal Framing facility were written down to their fair value of $1,235,000, resulting in an impairment charge of $311,000, which was included in net earnings, within restructuring and other expense, for the nine months ended February 28, 2010. The assets’ fair values were determined based on market prices for similar assets, as well as indications of value from a potential sale transaction specific to these assets. See “NOTE J – Restructuring” for additional details.

Certain assets of the Joliet, Illinois Metal Framing facility were written down to their fair value of $3,848,000, resulting in an impairment charge of $1,717,000, which was included in net earnings, within restructuring and other expense, for the nine months ended February 28, 2010. The assets’ fair values were determined based on market prices for similar assets. See “NOTE J – Restructuring” for additional details.

Certain assets of the Steel Packaging operating segment were written down to their fair value of $572,000, resulting in an impairment charge of $2,703,000, which was included in net earnings, within impairment of long-lived assets, for the nine months ended February 28, 2010. The assets’ fair values were determined based on market prices for similar assets. See “NOTE I – Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets” for additional details.

 

17


Table of Contents

Certain assets within Construction Services (as previously reported and discussed within “NOTE B – Segment Operations”) were written down to their fair value of $1,628,000, resulting in an impairment charge of $8,055,000, which was included in net earnings, within impairment of long-lived assets, for the nine months ended February 28, 2010. The assets’ fair values were determined based on discounted cash flow models utilizing market observable inputs, as well as certain unobservable inputs. In determining the fair values of these assets, management was required to make certain assumptions regarding the expected cash flows and the discount rates used to determine the present values of those cash flows. Due to the weight of the unobservable inputs used, we have classified the values of these impaired assets as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. See “NOTE I – Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets” for additional details.

Effective August 31, 2009, we adopted an accounting standard that updated guidance concerning interim disclosures about fair values of financial instruments. That standard requires disclosures about fair values of financial instruments in all interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements.

The non-derivative financial instruments included in the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, income tax receivables, other assets, accounts and notes payable, accrued expenses, income taxes payable and other liabilities approximate fair values. The fair value of long-term debt, including current maturities, based upon models utilizing market observable inputs and credit risk, was $96,629,000 and $242,136,000 at February 28, 2010 and May 31, 2009, respectively. See “NOTE M – Debt and Receivables Securitization” for a description of the repurchase transaction and subsequent maturity that caused a substantial decrease in the outstanding amounts of both the carrying and fair values of our long-term debt during the nine months ended February 28, 2010.

NOTE M – Debt and Receivables Securitization

On June 12, 2009, we redeemed $118,545,000 of the then $138,000,000 outstanding 6.70% senior notes due December 1, 2009 (the “Notes”). The consideration paid for the Notes was $1,025 per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The remainder of the Notes became due and was redeemed, at face amount, on December 1, 2009. The redemptions were funded by a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under existing credit facilities.

We have a $435,000,000 multi-year revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) with a group of lenders. The Facility matures in May 2013, except for a $35,000,000 commitment by one lender, which expires in September 2010. The outstanding balance under the Facility at February 28, 2010 was $120,000,000. Additionally, and as discussed in “NOTE O – Guarantees and Warranties,” we provided $8,260,000 in letters of credit for third-party beneficiaries as of February 28, 2010. While not drawn against at February 28, 2010, these letters of credit are issued against availability under the Facility, leaving $306,740,000 available under the Facility at February 28, 2010. Additionally, at February 28, 2010, we had $100,000,000 floating rate senior notes outstanding, which are due on December 17, 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) and bear interest at a variable rate equal to six-month LIBOR plus 80 basis points. However, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement whereby we receive interest on the $100,000,000 notional amount at the six-month LIBOR rate and we pay interest on the same notional amount at a fixed rate of 4.46%, effectively fixing the interest rate at 5.26%. See “NOTE N – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative instruments.

We maintain a $100,000,000 revolving trade accounts receivable securitization facility, which expires in January 2011 (the “AR Facility”). The AR Facility has been available throughout fiscal 2010 to date, and was available throughout fiscal 2009. Transactions under the AR Facility have been accounted for as sales. Pursuant to the terms of the AR Facility, certain of our subsidiaries sell their accounts receivable without recourse, on a revolving basis, to Worthington Receivables Corporation (“WRC”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary. In turn, WRC may sell without recourse, on a revolving basis, up to $100,000,000 of undivided ownership interests in this pool of accounts receivable to a multi-sell, asset-backed commercial paper conduit (the “Conduit”). Purchases by the Conduit are financed with the sale of A1/P1 commercial paper. We retain an undivided interest in this pool and are subject to risk of loss based on the collectability of the receivables from this retained interest. Because the amount eligible to be sold excludes receivables more than 90 days past due, receivables offset by an allowance for doubtful accounts due to bankruptcy or other cause, receivables from certain foreign customers, concentrations over certain limits with specific customers and certain reserve amounts, we believe additional risk of loss is minimal. The book value of the retained portion of the pool of accounts receivable approximates fair value. Accounts receivable sold under the AR Facility are excluded from accounts receivable in the consolidated financial statements. As of February 28, 2010, the pool of eligible accounts receivable exceeded the $100,000,000 limit, and $90,000,000 of undivided ownership interests in this pool of accounts receivable had been sold.

 

18


Table of Contents

NOTE N – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Interest Rate Risk – We entered into an interest rate swap in October 2004, which was amended December 17, 2004. The swap has a notional amount of $100,000,000 to hedge changes in cash flows attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate associated with the December 17, 2004 issuance of the 2014 Notes (see “NOTE M – Debt and Receivables Securitization”). We pay a fixed rate of 4.46% and receive a variable rate based on six-month LIBOR. The interest rate derivative is classified as a cash flow hedge. The effective portion of the changes in the fair value of the derivative is recorded in other comprehensive income and is reclassified to interest expense in the period in which earnings are impacted by the hedged item or in the period that the transaction no longer qualifies as a cash flow hedge.

Foreign Currency Risk – The translation of foreign currencies into United States Dollars subjects the Company to exposure related to fluctuating exchange rates. Derivative instruments are not used to manage this risk; however, the Company does make use of forward contracts to manage exposure to certain inter-company loans with our foreign affiliates. Such contracts limit exposure to both favorable and unfavorable currency fluctuations. At February 28, 2010, the difference between the contract and book value was not material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments are recorded either in the consolidated balance sheets under foreign currency translation or in net earnings in the same period in which foreign currency translation or net earnings are impacted by the hedged items.

Commodity Price Risk – The Company attempts to negotiate the best prices for commodities and to competitively price products and services to reflect the fluctuations in market prices. To further manage its exposure to fluctuations in the cost of steel, natural gas, zinc and other raw materials and utility requirements, the Company has used derivative instruments to cover periods commensurate with known or expected exposures. No derivative instruments are held for trading purposes. When qualified for derivative accounting, the effective portion of the changes in the fair value of cash flow derivatives is recorded in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and reclassified to cost of goods sold in the period in which earnings are impacted by the hedged items or in the period that the transaction no longer qualifies as a cash flow hedge. If the derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in their fair value are recorded directly in cost of goods sold.

 

19


Table of Contents

Refer to “NOTE L – Fair Value” for additional information regarding the accounting treatment and Company policy for derivative instruments, as well as how fair value is determined for the Company’s derivative instruments. The fair value of derivative instruments at February 28, 2010 is summarized in the following table:

 

    

Asset Derivatives

  

Liability Derivatives

(in thousands)   

Balance Sheet
Location

   Fair
Value
  

Balance Sheet
Location

   Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:            

Interest rate contracts

  

Receivables

   $ -   

Accounts payable

   $ 2,026
  

Other assets

     -   

Other liabilities

     7,086
                   
        -         9,112
                   

Commodity contracts

  

Receivables

     726   

Accounts payable

     -
  

Other assets

     -   

Other liabilities

     -
                   
        726         -
                   

Totals

      $ 726       $ 9,112
                   
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:            

Commodity contracts

  

Receivables

   $ 107   

Accounts payable

   $ 98
  

Other assets

     -   

Other accrued items

     -
                   
        107         98
                   

Foreign exchange contracts

  

Receivables

     -   

Accounts payable

     -
  

Other assets

     -   

Other accrued items

     359
                   
        -         359
                   

Totals

      $ 107       $ 457
                   

 

20


Table of Contents

The effect of derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of earnings is summarized in the following tables:

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:

 

(in thousands)    Income (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI
(Effective
Portion)
   

Location of Loss
Reclassified from
Accumulated
OCI (Effective
Portion)

   Loss
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI
(Effective
Portion)
   

Location of Income
(Ineffective
Portion) and
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing

   Income
(Ineffective
Portion) and
Excluded
from
Effectiveness
Testing

For the three months ended February 28, 2010:

            

Interest rate contracts

   $ 181     

Interest expense

   $ (971  

Interest expense

   $ -

Commodity contracts

     674     

Cost of goods sold

     -     

Cost of goods sold

     95
                            

Totals

   $ 855         $ (971      $ 95
                            

For the nine months ended February 28, 2010:

            

Interest rate contracts

   $ (4,027  

Interest expense

   $ (2,597  

Interest expense

   $ -

Commodity contracts

     674     

Cost of goods sold

     -     

Cost of goods sold

     95
                            

Totals

   $ (3,353      $ (2,597      $ 95
                            

The estimated net amount of the existing losses in accumulated other comprehensive income at February 28, 2010 expected to be reclassified into net earnings within the succeeding twelve months was $1,345,000 (net of tax of $681,000). This amount was computed using the fair value of the cash flow hedges at February 28, 2010, and will change before actual reclassification from other comprehensive income to net earnings during the fiscal years ending May 31, 2010 and 2011.

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

 

(in thousands)   

Location of Income

Recognized in Earnings

   Income Recognized in Earnings
      Three Months
Ended
   Nine Months
Ended
      February 28, 2010

Commodity contracts

  

    Cost of goods sold

   $ 24    $ 24

Foreign exchange contracts

  

    Miscellaneous income (expense)

     4,524      1,478
                

Total

      $ 4,548    $ 1,502
                

The gain on the foreign currency derivatives significantly offsets the loss on the hedged items.

 

21


Table of Contents

NOTE O – Guarantees and Warranties

The Company does not have guarantees that it believes are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. However, as of February 28, 2010, the Company was party to an operating lease for an aircraft in which the Company has guaranteed a residual value at the termination of the lease. The maximum obligation under the terms of this guarantee was approximately $15,501,000 at February 28, 2010. Based on current facts and circumstances, the Company has estimated the likelihood of payment pursuant to this guarantee, and determined that the fair value of the obligation based on those likely outcomes is not material.

The Company also had in place $8,260,000 of outstanding stand-by letters of credit as of February 28, 2010. These letters of credit were issued to third-party service providers and had no amounts drawn against them at February 28, 2010. Fair value of these guarantee instruments, based on premiums paid, was not material at February 28, 2010.

We have established reserves for anticipated sales returns and allowances, including limited warranties on certain products. The liability for sales returns and allowances is primarily based on historical experience and current information. The liability amounts related to warranties were immaterial at February 28, 2010 and May 31, 2009.

NOTE P – Contingent Liabilities

The Company has been involved in a dispute with a customer, Irwin Industrial Tool Company (d/b/a BernzOmatic), a subsidiary of Newell Rubbermaid, Inc. (“BernzOmatic”), relating to a three-year supply contract (the “Contract”) that took effect January 1, 2006, and which the Company terminated effective March 1, 2007. The dispute relates primarily to the Company’s early termination of the Contract as a result of certain actions of BernzOmatic which the Company believed breached the Contract, and the resulting price increases charged to BernzOmatic after such early termination. As required by U.S. GAAP, the Company deferred $9,304,000 of revenue relating to cash received for the price increases, which effectively created a reserve in that amount relating to this dispute.

The dispute was litigated in Federal District Court in Charlotte, North Carolina. On February 26, 2010, the jury awarded contract damages relating to the price increases and other items to BernzOmatic of approximately $13,002,000, which is $3,698,000 in excess of the revenue recognition reserve. The Company recorded this $3,698,000 pre-tax charge in net earnings, within selling, general and administrative expense, for the nine months ended February 28, 2010.

The Company believes that it has numerous grounds to appeal the jury’s verdict, and intends to pursue such an appeal.

The Company expects that payment of the jury award will be stayed pending appeal and will post any bond necessary to effect such a stay.

We are defendants in certain other legal actions. In the opinion of management, the outcome of these actions, which is not clearly determinable at the present time, would not significantly affect our consolidated financial position or future results of operations. We believe that environmental issues will not have a material effect on our capital expenditures, consolidated financial position or future results of operations.

 

22


Table of Contents

Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Selected statements contained in this “Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” constitute “forward-looking statements” as that term is used in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based, in whole or in part, on management’s beliefs, estimates, assumptions and currently available information. For a more detailed discussion of what constitutes a forward-looking statement and of some of the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such forward-looking statements, please refer to the “Safe Harbor Statement” in the beginning of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and “Part I – Item 1A. – Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009.

Introduction

The following discussion and analysis of market and industry trends, business strategy, results of operations and financial position of Worthington Industries, Inc., together with its subsidiaries (collectively, “we,” “our,” “Worthington,” or our “Company”), should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included in “Item 1. – Financial Statements” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 (“fiscal 2009”) includes additional information about our Company, our operations and our financial position and should be read in conjunction with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

We are primarily a diversified metal processing company, focused on value-added steel processing and manufactured metal products. As of February 28, 2010, we operated 64 manufacturing facilities worldwide, including our joint ventures, principally in three reportable segments: Steel Processing, Metal Framing and Pressure Cylinders. Other operating segments, which are immaterial for purposes of separate disclosure, include Automotive Body Panels, Steel Packaging, Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs. We also held equity positions in eight joint ventures, which operated 23 manufacturing facilities worldwide.

Overview

During the third quarter of the fiscal year ending May 31, 2010 (“fiscal 2010”), the Company continued to persevere through the weak economic conditions. While there has been some stabilization in the economy and some indications that the recession has ended, the economy has yet to recover. The construction market, in particular, continues to struggle. Because of this market weakness, management revised its strategy and reorganized the businesses which had previously made up the Construction Services segment. In the current quarter, we recorded $32.7 million in total charges related to the then Construction Services operating segment. These charges included a write-off of goodwill of $24.7 million and impairment of certain other long-lived assets of $8.0 million. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE I – Goodwill and Other Long-Lived Assets” for more information on the charges, and “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE B – Segment Operations” for more information on the reorganization of the Construction Services segment.

The Transformation Plan (the “Plan”), which began in the first quarter of fiscal 2008, has continued through the current quarter. In our Steel Processing segment, we have completed the diagnostic and implementation phases (the “Transformation Study”) at five of our facilities. In our Metal Framing segment, we have completed the diagnostic phase at six facilities and the implementation phase at five of those facilities. We anticipate that we will have substantially completed the Transformation Study at an additional six Metal Framing and three Steel Processing facilities by the end of calendar 2010. As a result, we will continue to incur restructuring expenses relating to the Transformation Study through that period, but they should continue to diminish. The need for other restructuring charges will depend largely on recommendations developed from the Transformation Study. We believe that the Plan has lowered, and will continue to lower, the break-even points of our facilities and has positioned us to respond more quickly to current and future opportunities and challenges.

 

23


Table of Contents

Market & Industry Overview

For the three months ended February 28, 2010, our consolidated net sales breakdown by end user market is illustrated by the following chart. Substantially all of the net sales of our Metal Framing, Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction, and Stairs segments, as well as approximately 15% of the net sales of our Steel Processing segment, are to the construction market, both residential and non-residential. We estimate that approximately 3% of our consolidated net sales, or 11% of our construction market net sales, are to the residential market. While the market price of steel significantly impacts this business, there are other key indicators that are meaningful in analyzing construction market demand including the United States of America gross domestic product (“U.S. GDP”), the Dodge Index of construction contracts and trends in the relative price of framing lumber and steel. Construction is also the predominant end market for our joint venture, Worthington Armstrong Venture (“WAVE”). The net sales of WAVE are not consolidated in our results; however, adding our ownership percentage of joint venture net sales to our reported net sales would not materially change the consolidated net sales breakdown in the following chart.

LOGO

The automotive industry is the largest consumer of flat-rolled steel and thus the largest end market for our Steel Processing segment. Approximately 50% of the net sales of our Steel Processing segment, and substantially all of the net sales of our Automotive Body Panels segment, are to the automotive market. North American vehicle production, primarily by Chrysler, Ford and General Motors (the “Detroit Three automakers”), has a considerable impact on the activity within these two segments. These segments are also impacted by the market price of steel. The majority of the net sales from two of our unconsolidated joint ventures are also to the automotive end market. These net sales are not consolidated in our results; however, adding our ownership percentage of joint venture net sales to our reported net sales would not materially change the consolidated net sales breakdown in the previous chart.

The net sales of our Pressure Cylinders and Steel Packaging segments, and approximately 35% of the net sales of our Steel Processing segment, are to other markets such as leisure and recreation, industrial gas, HVAC, lawn and garden, agriculture and appliance. Given the many different product lines that make up these net sales and the wide variety of end markets, it is very difficult to detail the key market indicators that drive this portion of our business. However, we believe that the trend in U.S. GDP is generally a good economic indicator for analyzing this activity.

 

24


Table of Contents

We use the following information to monitor our costs and major end markets:

 

     Three Months Ended    Nine Months Ended
     February 28,    Inc /
(Dec)
   February 28,    Inc /
(Dec)
     2010    2009       2010    2009   

U.S. GDP (% growth year-over-year)

     1.3%      (2.8%)      3.3%      (0.9%)      (1.2%)      0.3%

Hot-Rolled Steel ($ per ton) 1

   $ 549    $ 527    $ 22    $ 509    $ 822    ($ 313)

Detroit Three Auto Build (000's vehicles) 2

     1,429      956      473      3,976      4,504      (529)

No. America Auto Build (000's vehicles) 2

     2,621      1,725      895      7,544      7,955      (411)

Dodge Index

     90      88      2      88      103      (15)

Framing Lumber ($ per 1,000 board ft) 3

   $ 277    $ 203    $ 74    $ 250    $ 239    $ 11

Zinc ($ per pound) 4

   $ 1.06    $ 0.51    $ 0.55    $ 0.92    $ 0.66    $ 0.26

Natural Gas ($ per mcf) 5

   $ 5.26    $ 5.44    ($ 0.18)    $ 4.36    $ 8.10    ($ 3.74)

Retail Diesel Prices, All Types ($ per gallon) 6

   $ 2.61    $ 2.80    ($ 0.19)    $ 2.63    $ 3.57    ($ 0.94)

 

 

1

CRU Index; period average     2 CSM Autobase     3 Random Lengths; period average     4 LME Zinc; period average     5 NYMEX Henry Hub Natural Gas; period average     6 Energy Information Administration; period average

U.S. GDP growth rate trends are generally indicative of the strength in demand and, in many cases, pricing for our products. Historically, we have seen that year-over-year decreasing U.S. GDP growth rates can signal, or be indicative of, negative trends in our results, as a weaker economy generally reduces demand and pricing for our products. Conversely, the opposite is also generally true. Changes in U.S. GDP growth rates can also signal changes in conversion costs related to production and in selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A expenses”).

In recent quarters, the market price of hot-rolled steel has been one of the most significant factors impacting selling prices and has materially impacted earnings. In a rising price environment, our results are generally favorably impacted as lower-priced material, purchased in previous periods, flows through cost of goods sold, while our selling prices increase at a faster pace to cover current replacement costs. On the other hand, when steel prices fall, we typically have higher-priced material flowing through cost of goods sold while selling prices compress to what the market will bear, negatively impacting our results.

No single customer contributed more than 5% of our consolidated net sales for the quarter. While our automotive business is largely driven by the production schedules of the Detroit Three automakers, our customer base is much broader and includes many of their suppliers as well. Automotive production from the Detroit Three automakers has been low in fiscal 2010 when compared to historical production. However, production in the current quarter has rebounded slightly, helping to increase volumes in the Steel Processing business. We continue to pursue customer diversification beyond the Detroit Three automakers and their suppliers, and, in recent quarters, we have increased our business in other markets such as agriculture and appliance.

The Dodge Index represents the value of total construction contracts, including residential and non-residential building construction. This overall index serves as a broad indicator of the construction markets in which we participate, as it tracks actual construction starts. The relative price of framing lumber, an alternative construction material against which we compete, can also affect our Metal Framing segment, as certain applications may permit the use of this alternative building material.

The market trends of certain other commodities such as zinc, natural gas and diesel fuel can be important to us as they represent a significant portion of our cost of goods sold, both directly through our plant operations and indirectly through transportation and freight expense.

Recent Developments

On February 1, 2010, Worthington Steel acquired the steel processing assets of Gibraltar Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Gibraltar Assets”). The acquisition expands the capabilities of our existing cold-rolled strip business and our ability to service the needs of new and existing customers. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE K – Acquisitions” for more information.

 

25


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Third Quarter – Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

Consolidated Operations

The following table presents consolidated operating results for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010     % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 451.1      100.0   $ 501.1      100.0   $ (50.0

Cost of goods sold

     393.4      87.2     461.2      92.0     (67.8
                            

Gross margin

     57.7      12.8     39.9      8.0     17.8   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     57.5      12.7     47.8      9.5     9.7   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     32.7      7.2     -      0.0     32.7   

Restructuring and other expense

     2.8      0.6     16.3      3.3     (13.5
                            

Operating loss

     (35.3   -7.8     (24.2   -4.8     (11.1

Miscellaneous expense

     (0.2   -0.1     (1.1   -0.2     0.9   

Gain on sale of investment in Aegis

     -      0.0     8.3      1.7     (8.3

Interest expense

     (1.9   -0.4     (4.3   -0.9     2.4   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     14.6      3.2     3.8      0.8     10.8   

Income tax benefit

     6.7      1.5     21.2      4.2     (14.5
                            

Net earnings (loss)

     (16.1   -3.6     3.7      0.7     (19.8

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1.6   -0.4     (2.2   -0.4     0.6   
                            

Net earnings (loss) attributable to controlling interest

   $ (17.7   -3.9   $ 1.5      0.3   $ (19.2
                            

Net earnings (loss) represents the results of our consolidated operations, including 100% of our consolidated joint venture, Spartan Steel Coating, LLC (“Spartan”), of which we own 52%. The noncontrolling interest, or 48% of Spartan, is subtracted to arrive at net earnings (loss) attributable to controlling interest. For the third quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company had a net loss attributable to controlling interest of $17.7 million versus net earnings attributable to controlling interest of $1.5 million for the same quarter in the prior year.

 

   

Net sales decreased $50.0 million, or 10%, from the prior year to $451.1 million. Lower average selling prices decreased net sales by $58.0 million from the prior year; while higher volumes in Steel Processing and Pressure Cylinders, boosted net sales by $8.0 million. Although the third quarter of fiscal 2010 average market price of steel is slightly higher than the year ago period, our average selling prices last year were higher since they included some higher fixed contract pricing that was in place when the market price of steel was at record highs.

 

   

Gross margin increased $17.8 million from the prior year, largely as a result of the improved spread between average selling prices and material costs ($20.9 million), primarily in Steel Processing and Pressure Cylinders, offset by volume declines in Metal Framing and the former Construction Services operating segment.

 

   

SG&A expense increased $9.7 million due to $2.3 million of additional expenses resulting from the acquisitions of assets related to the businesses of Piper Metal Forming Corporation, U.S. Respiratory, Inc. and Pacific Cylinders, Inc. (collectively, “Piper”), the membership interests of Structural Composites Industries, LLC (“SCI”) and the Gibraltar Assets and $4.9 million in charges and legal fees related to the litigation with Irwin Industrial Tool Company (d/b/a BernzOmatic), a subsidiary of Newell Rubbermaid, Inc. (“BernzOmatic”), in which contract damages were awarded to BernzOmatic. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE P – Contingent Liabilities” for more information concerning the BernzOmatic litigation. In addition, higher profit sharing and bonus expenses were partially offset by lower bad debt expense.

 

   

Restructuring and impairment charges totaled $35.5 million versus $16.3 million in the prior year. The current quarter includes a $24.7 million write-off of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of other long-lived assets associated with the former Construction Services operating segment. All restructuring charges for this quarter and the prior year quarter related to efforts under the ongoing Plan.

 

26


Table of Contents
   

Interest expense decreased $2.4 million from the prior year due to lower average borrowings and lower interest rates. We redeemed $118.5 million of 6.7% senior notes in June 2009, and the remaining $19.5 million of those notes upon maturity in December 2009. The redemptions were funded by a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under existing credit facilities, which carry a much lower interest rate than the 6.7% senior notes.

 

   

Equity in net income from the seven unconsolidated affiliates of $14.6 million increased $10.8 million from the third quarter of fiscal 2009. The vast majority of the equity in net income was from WAVE, where our equity in net income of $11.6 million increased 52% from last year’s third quarter. Three other joint ventures, TWB Company with ThyssenKrupp (“TWB”), Worthington Specialty Processing with U.S. Steel (“WSP”) and Serviacero Planos, S.A. de C.V. (“Serviacero”), experienced significant turnarounds from their prior year losses, and together accounted for a $6.6 million increase in equity in net income over the prior year quarter. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE H – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates” for more financial information on our unconsolidated affiliates.

 

   

Income tax benefit of $6.7 million is lower than the benefit of $21.2 million recognized in fiscal 2009. The current quarter benefit represents an estimated annual effective income tax rate of 34.9%, versus 59.5% in the prior year quarter, prior to the impact of discrete tax adjustments. These rates are applicable only to net earnings or loss attributable to controlling interest, as reflected in our consolidated statements of earnings. The change in the estimated annual effective income tax rate is primarily due to the change in the mix of income or loss among the jurisdictions in which we do business. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE G – Income Taxes” for more information on our income tax rates.

Segment Operations

Steel Processing

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Steel Processing segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010    % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 232.2    100.0   $ 192.5      100.0   $ 39.7   

Cost of goods sold

     203.4    87.6     191.7      99.6     11.7   
                           

Gross margin

     28.8    12.4     0.8      0.4     28.0   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     21.0    9.0     16.9      8.8     4.1   

Restructuring and other expense

     0.3    0.1     2.6      1.4     (2.3
                           

Operating income (loss)

   $ 7.5    3.2   $ (18.7   -9.7   $ 26.2   
                           

Material cost

   $ 164.6      $ 161.1        $ 3.5   

Tons shipped (in thousands)

     512        344          168   

Net sales and operating income (loss) highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales increased $39.7 million from the prior year to $232.2 million. Higher volumes increased net sales by $69.4 million, while lower average selling prices decreased sales by $29.7 million. Due to recent improvements in the automotive market, and the February addition of the Gibraltar Assets, direct volume was up 31%, and toll volumes increased 73% in comparison to the prior year quarter.

 

   

SG&A expenses increased $4.1 million from the prior year quarter due to increased profit sharing and bonus expenses and additional expenses related to the addition of the Gibraltar Assets, partially offset by lower bad debt reserve requirements.

 

   

Operating income was $7.5 million for the quarter, compared to the $18.7 million operating loss reported last year. Improved spreads boosted operating income by $19.0 million, and higher volumes, partially offset by increased variable manufacturing expenses, contributed an additional $9.0 million compared to the prior year quarter.

 

27


Table of Contents

Metal Framing

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Metal Framing segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010     % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 67.5      100.0   $ 137.2      100.0   $ (69.7

Cost of goods sold

     65.1      96.4     125.5      91.5     (60.4
                            

Gross margin

     2.4      3.6     11.7      8.5     (9.3

Selling, general and administrative expense

     9.5      14.1     11.9      8.7     (2.4

Restructuring and other expense

     2.0      3.0     5.9      4.3     (3.9
                            

Operating loss

   $ (9.1   -13.5   $ (6.1   -4.4   $ (3.0
                            

Material cost

   $ 43.5        $ 94.3        $ (50.8

Tons shipped (in thousands)

     58          97          (39

Net sales and operating loss highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales decreased $69.7 million from the prior year to $67.5 million, as a 40% decline in volume and lower average selling prices reduced net sales by $55.8 million and $13.9 million, respectively. The declines were primarily due to the economic downturn and the weak construction market.

 

   

The operating loss of $9.1 million compared unfavorably to the operating loss of $6.1 million reported last year due to the lower volumes and a decline in the spread between average selling prices and material costs. These declines were partially offset by lower SG&A and restructuring expenses.

Pressure Cylinders

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Pressure Cylinders segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010    % of
Net sales
    2009    % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 116.5    100.0   $ 117.5    100.0   $ (1.0

Cost of goods sold

     93.9    80.6     94.5    80.4     (0.6
                          

Gross margin

     22.6    19.4     23.0    19.6     (0.4

Selling, general and administrative expense

     18.5    15.9     9.8    8.3     8.7   
                          

Operating income

   $ 4.1    3.5   $ 13.2    11.2   $ (9.1
                          

Material cost

   $ 50.7      $ 55.6      $ (4.9

Units shipped (in thousands)

     14,000        10,968        3,032   

Net sales and operating income highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales of $116.5 million were down $1.0 million from the prior year third quarter. A 30% increase in net sales in North American operations was offset by a 58% decrease in European operations. The North American operations experienced volume increases in camping, refrigerant, and propane cylinders. The acquisitions of Piper and SCI increased sales by $11.8 million.

 

   

Operating income decreased $9.1 million from last year, to $4.1 million, while gross margin remained relatively flat. SG&A expense increases of $8.7 million drove the impact to operating income, and resulted from $3.9 million in charges resulting from the BernzOmatic litigation, $1.7 million due to recently acquired businesses and an increased share of corporate profit sharing, bonus and other expenses.

 

28


Table of Contents

Other

The “Other” category includes our Automotive Body Panels, Steel Packaging, Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs operating segments, which are immaterial for purposes of separate disclosure, along with income and expense items not allocated to the operating segments. The following table presents a summary of operating results for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010     % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 34.8      100.0   $ 53.9      100.0   $ (19.1

Cost of goods sold

     30.9      88.8     49.4      91.7     (18.5
                            

Gross margin

     3.9      11.2     4.5      8.3     (0.6

Selling, general and administrative expense

     8.5      24.4     9.2      17.1     (0.7

Impairment of long-lived assets

     32.7      94.0     -      0.0     32.7   

Restructuring and other expense

     0.5      1.4     7.8      14.5     (7.3
                            

Operating loss

   $ (37.8   -108.6   $ (12.5   -23.2   $ (25.3
                            

Net sales and operating loss highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales fell $19.1 million from the third quarter of fiscal 2009 to $34.8 million for the third quarter of fiscal 2010. While all of the Other operating segments reported lower net sales, the majority of the decrease was attributable to weaker volumes in Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs, which were previously reported as our Construction Services operating segment. All of these businesses sell into the construction market and have been negatively affected by the economic downturn and its impact on the construction market.

 

   

The operating loss of $37.8 million was $25.3 million worse than last year’s operating loss of $12.5 million. This was largely due to a $24.7 million write-off of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of other long-lived assets associated with the former Construction Services operating segment, offset by a reduction in restructuring expenses. Restructuring expenses in the prior year related to professional fees incurred as part of the Plan. In the current year, the outside consulting fees associated with this effort have ceased.

Nine Months Year-to-Date – Fiscal 2010 Compared to Fiscal 2009

Consolidated Operations

The following table presents consolidated operating results for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010     % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 1,316.6      100.0   $ 2,159.7      100.0   $ (843.1

Cost of goods sold

     1,142.5      86.8     2,022.3      93.6     (879.8
                            

Gross margin

     174.1      13.2     137.4      6.4     36.7   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     155.6      11.8     159.5      7.4     (3.9

Impairment of long-lived assets

     35.4      2.7     96.9      4.5     (61.5

Restructuring and other expense

     3.7      0.3     37.0      1.7     (33.3
                            

Operating loss

     (20.6   -1.6     (156.1   -7.2     135.5   

Miscellaneous income (expense)

     1.2      0.1     (1.3   -0.1     2.6   

Gain on sale of investment in Aegis

     -      0.0     8.3      0.4     (8.3

Interest expense

     (6.4   -0.5     (16.4   -0.8     10.0   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates

     45.8      3.5     39.9      1.8     5.9   

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (3.9   -0.3     34.9      1.6     (38.8
                            

Net earnings (loss)

     16.1      1.2     (90.7   -4.2     106.8   

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (3.9   -0.3     (3.7   -0.2     (0.2
                            

Net earnings (loss) attributable to controlling interest

   $ 12.2      0.9   $ (94.4   -4.4   $ 106.6   
                            

 

29


Table of Contents

Net earnings (loss) represents the results of our consolidated operations, including 100% of our consolidated joint venture, Spartan, of which we own 52%. The noncontrolling interest, or 48% of Spartan, is subtracted to arrive at net earnings attributable to controlling interest. For the first nine months of fiscal 2010, the net earnings attributable to controlling interest were $12.2 million, compared to a net loss attributable to controlling interest of $94.4 million for the prior year nine-month period.

 

   

Net sales decreased $843.1 million from the prior year to $1,316.6 million. Lower volumes decreased net sales by $517.7 million, most notably in our Metal Framing and Steel Processing segments, as demand declined dramatically in the construction and automotive sectors. Average selling prices decreased from the prior year due to the lower cost of steel, resulting in a decrease in net sales of $325.3 million. The average market price of steel decreased 38% from $822 per ton in the first nine months of fiscal 2009 to $509 per ton in the first nine months of the current fiscal year.

 

   

Gross margin increased $36.7 million from the prior year to $174.1 million. Lower sales volumes decreased gross margin by $108.6 million. The spread between average selling prices and material costs increased gross margin by $78.7 million from the prior year, largely as a result of rising steel prices. Lower manufacturing expense throughout the operating segments further increased gross margin.

 

   

SG&A expense decreased $3.9 million from the prior year, primarily due to reduced compensation expense, resulting from head count reductions, and lower bad debt expense partially offset by charges and legal fees related to the BernzOmatic litigation, increased profit sharing and bonus expenses and expenses due to current year acquisitions.

 

   

Restructuring charges and impairment of long-lived assets totaled $39.1 million compared to $133.9 million in the prior year. The current year included a $24.7 million write-off of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of other long-lived assets related to the former Construction Services business segment, as well as a $2.7 million impairment of long-lived assets in the Steel Packaging business segment. The prior year included a $96.9 million write-off of the goodwill associated with the Metal Framing segment. The restructuring charges related to actions taken under the Plan and included charges related to facility closures, early retirements, severances, and other associated expenses. In the current year, restructuring charges were significantly reduced, as the outside consulting fees associated with this effort have ceased. Restructuring and other expense in fiscal 2010 was also reduced by a $3.8 million gain on the sale of our Metal Framing operations in Canada and a $1.0 million gain on the sale of assets from a Steel Processing facility in Louisville, Kentucky.

 

   

Interest expense decreased $10.0 million from the prior year due to lower interest rates and the redemption of the $145.0 million of 6.7% senior notes which were outstanding at February 28, 2009. We redeemed $7.0 million of 6.7% senior notes in April 2009, an additional $118.5 million in June 2009, and the remaining $19.5 million upon maturity in December 2009. The redemptions were funded by a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under existing credit facilities, which carry a much lower interest rate than the 6.7% senior notes.

 

   

Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates of $45.8 million improved $5.9 million from the first nine months of fiscal 2009. The vast majority of the equity in net income was from WAVE, where our equity in net income of $38.8 million declined 4%, or $1.5 million, from the prior year. Most other unconsolidated joint ventures experienced improved results, most notably TWB, where our equity in net income was up $4.0 million. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE H – Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates” for more financial information on our unconsolidated affiliates.

 

   

Income tax expense of $3.9 million increased from a tax benefit of $34.9 million recognized in fiscal 2009 due to the net loss for the nine months ended February 28, 2009. The fiscal 2010 expense represents an estimated annual effective income tax rate of 34.9%, versus 59.5% in the prior year. These rates are prior to the impact of discrete tax adjustments, and are applicable only to net earnings or loss attributable to controlling interest, as reflected in our consolidated statements of earnings. The change in the estimated annual effective income tax rate is primarily due to the change in the mix of income or loss among the jurisdictions in which we do business. More specifically, the significantly higher estimated annual effective income tax rate for the first nine months of fiscal 2009 occurred because the Company’s losses in the United States of America (the “U.S.”) resulted in an income tax benefit tied to higher domestic income tax rates, while its foreign income was taxed at lower income tax rates. The first nine months of fiscal 2010 reflected an effective income tax rate closer to the U.S. federal rate because the income was derived largely from U.S. operations.

 

30


Table of Contents

Segment Operations

Steel Processing

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Steel Processing segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010    % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 639.4    100.0   $ 1,004.0      100.0   $ (364.6

Cost of goods sold

     559.2    87.5     984.4      98.0     (425.2
                           

Gross margin

     80.2    12.5     19.6      2.0     60.6   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     56.7    8.9     62.6      6.2     (5.9

Restructuring and other expense

     0.5    0.1     3.1      0.3     (2.6
                           

Operating income (loss)

   $ 23.0    3.6   $ (46.1   -4.6   $ 69.1   
                           

Material cost

   $ 446.9      $ 841.9        $ (395.0

Tons shipped (in thousands)

     1,410        1,641          (231

Net sales and operating income (loss) highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales decreased $364.6 million from the prior year to $639.4 million. Unfavorable economic conditions which began in the second quarter of fiscal 2009 continued to affect demand in all customer groups, causing a 14% reduction in volume from the prior year and a $151.9 million decrease in net sales. Lower average selling prices reduced net sales by $212.7 million.

 

   

Operating income of $23.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 compared favorably to the $46.1 million loss reported for the same period last year. The prior year period included a $56.9 million write-down of inventories to the lower of cost or market, reflected in cost of goods sold. A higher spread between average selling prices and material costs increased operating income by $47.7 million. SG&A expenses were $5.9 million lower than the prior year period due to lower bad debt expense and lower compensation expense resulting from reduced head count. The reduction in other expenses within SG&A was partially offset by the costs associated with the acquisition of the Gibraltar Assets.

 

31


Table of Contents

Metal Framing

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Metal Framing segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010     % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 243.5      100.0   $ 550.5      100.0   $ (307.0

Cost of goods sold

     218.6      89.8     539.6      98.0     (321.0
                            

Gross margin

     24.9      10.2     10.9      2.0     14.0   

Selling, general and administrative expense

     32.5      13.3     41.5      7.5     (9.0

Goodwill impairment

     -      0.0     96.9      17.6     (96.9

Restructuring and other expense

     3.0      1.2     11.5      2.1     (8.5
                            

Operating loss

   $ (10.6   -4.4   $ (139.0   -25.2   $ 128.4   
                            

Material cost

   $ 146.3        $ 432.6        $ (286.3

Tons shipped (in thousands)

     211          369          (158

Net sales and operating loss highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales decreased $307.0 million from the prior year to $243.5 million, as a 43% decline in volume and lower average selling prices reduced net sales by $233.2 million and $73.8 million, respectively. The decline in volume was primarily due to the effect of the economic downturn on construction markets.

 

   

The operating loss of $10.6 million improved from the operating loss of $139.0 million reported last year. The prior year included a $37.9 million write-down of inventory to the lower of cost or market reflected in cost of goods sold, and a $96.9 million write-off of goodwill. The spread between average selling prices and material costs for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 increased $26.0 million compared to the first nine months of fiscal 2009. SG&A expense decreased $9.0 million from the prior year due to head count reductions and lower advertising and travel expenses. Restructuring and other expense for the current nine-month period includes a $3.8 million gain on the sale of our Metal Framing operations in Canada.

Pressure Cylinders

The following table presents a summary of operating results for our Pressure Cylinders segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010    % of
Net sales
    2009    % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 322.8    100.0   $ 408.3    100.0   $ (85.5

Cost of goods sold

     262.8    81.4     323.7    79.3     (60.9
                          

Gross margin

     60.0    18.6     84.6    20.7     (24.6

Selling, general and administrative expense

     45.7    14.2     32.6    8.0     13.1   

Restructuring and other expense

     0.3    0.1     -    0.0     0.3   
                          

Operating income

   $ 14.0    4.3   $ 52.0    12.7   $ (38.0
                          

Material cost

   $ 142.4      $ 193.4      $ (51.0

Units shipped (in thousands)

     40,420        33,487        6,933   

 

32


Table of Contents

Net sales and operating income highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales of $322.8 million decreased $85.5 million from the first nine months of fiscal 2009. Unit volume increased 21%, and net sales increased $29.8 million due to the addition of high-volume, low-price products from the Piper acquisition in June 2009, and the addition of sales from SCI in September 2009. However, the total revenue decline was primarily attributable to a $93.9 million decline in net sales from our European operations due to depressed market conditions.

 

   

Operating income decreased $38.0 million from last year, to $14.0 million, primarily due to losses from our European operations resulting from the decline in net sales discussed above and also from increases in SG&A expense. SG&A expense increased $3.3 million due to the acquisitions of Piper and SCI, $4.7 million from year to date charges resulting from the BernzOmatic litigation and from an increased share of corporate profit sharing, bonus and other expenses.

Other

The “Other” category includes our Automotive Body Panels, Steel Packaging, Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs operating segments, which are immaterial for purposes of separate disclosure, along with income and expense items not allocated to the operating segments. The following table presents a summary of operating results for the periods indicated:

 

     Nine Months Ended February 28,  
Dollars in millions    2010     % of
Net sales
    2009     % of
Net sales
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 

Net sales

   $ 111.0      100.0   $ 196.9      100.0   $ (85.9

Cost of goods sold

     102.0      91.9     174.6      88.7     (72.6
                            

Gross margin

     9.0      8.1     22.3      11.3     (13.3

Selling, general and administrative expense

     20.8      18.7     22.7      11.5     (1.9

Impairment of long-lived assets

     35.4      31.9     -      0.0     35.4   

Restructuring and other expense

     -      0.0     22.4      11.4     (22.4
                            

Operating loss

   $ (47.2   -42.5   $ (22.8   -11.6   $ (24.4
                            

Net sales and operating loss highlights were as follows:

 

   

Net sales fell $85.9 million from the first nine months of fiscal 2009 to $111.0 million for the first nine months of fiscal 2010. While all of the Other operating segments reported lower net sales, the majority of the decrease was attributable to weaker volumes in the Automotive Body Panels, Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs operating segments. These operating segments have been negatively affected by the economic downturn.

 

   

Excluding restructuring and impairment charges, the operating loss for the first nine months of fiscal 2010 deteriorated from the prior year period as a result, primarily, of lower volumes and spread. The current year also includes a $24.7 million write-off of goodwill and an $8.0 million impairment of other long-lived assets for the former Construction Services operating segment, and a $2.7 million impairment of long-lived assets relating to the Steel Packaging operating segment. These impairments were offset by lower restructuring charges related to the Plan, as the outside consulting fees associated with this effort have ceased.

 

33


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During the nine-month period ended February 28, 2010, we generated cash from operating activities of $120.0 million, received $14.7 million in proceeds from the sale of assets and reduced net borrowings by $19.0 million. We also paid $23.7 million in dividends, made $26.6 million of capital expenditures and completed acquisitions requiring $64.2 million in cash. The following table is a summary of our consolidated cash flows on a year-to-date basis:

 

     Nine Months Ended
February 28,
 
(in millions)    2010     2009  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 120.0      $ 203.7   

Net cash used by investing activities

     (76.4     (56.7

Net cash used by financing activities

     (45.2     (188.8
                

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (1.6     (41.8

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     56.3        73.8   
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 54.7      $ 32.0   
                

We believe we have access to adequate resources to meet our needs for normal operating costs, mandatory capital expenditures, mandatory debt redemptions, dividend payments and working capital for our existing businesses. These resources include cash and cash equivalents, cash provided by operating activities and unused lines of credit. We also believe that we have adequate access to the financial markets as to allow us to be in a position to offer long-term debt securities. The current financial markets and interest rate trends may make raising capital an attractive option. However, the uncertainty and volatility in the financial markets may affect the terms of any offered securities.

Following the filing of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we expect to file a universal automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3ASR with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The registration statement will permit us to offer debt securities, common shares or any combination of these securities, from time to time, in one or more public offerings, and we are currently contemplating an offering of debt securities. Any securities to be offered will be done so pursuant to a separate prospectus supplement issued at the time of the respective offering, which will describe the specific types, amounts, prices, terms and expected use of proceeds of the offered securities.

Operating Activities

Our business is cyclical and cash flows from operating activities may fluctuate during the year and from year-to-year due to economic conditions. We rely on cash and short-term financing to meet cyclical increases in working capital needs. Cash requirements generally rise during periods of increased economic activity or increasing raw material prices due to higher levels of inventory and accounts receivable. During economic slowdowns, or periods of decreasing raw material costs, cash requirements generally decrease as a result of the reduction of inventories and accounts receivable.

During the first nine months of fiscal 2010, net cash provided by operating activities decreased $83.7 million from the same period of fiscal 2009, largely as a result of a much smaller decrease in working capital. The impact from working capital changes was offset somewhat by an increase in cash generated by an increase in earnings.

We review our receivables on an ongoing basis to ensure they are properly valued. Based on this review, we believe our reserve for doubtful accounts is sized appropriately. The reserve for doubtful accounts has decreased approximately $4.5 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2010. This reduction is largely a result of reduced risk related to large automotive customers that have emerged from bankruptcy, as well as a settlement reached regarding another large, specifically-reserved customer balance. However, if the economic environment and market conditions deteriorate, particularly in the automotive and construction markets where our exposure is greatest, additional reserves may be required.

 

34


Table of Contents

As noted above, while an economic slowdown adversely affects sales, it generally decreases working capital needs. We will continue to adjust operating activities and cash needs based on economic conditions and their impact on our markets and businesses.

Investing Activities

Net cash used by investing activities increased $19.7 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2010, compared to the same period of fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2010, we have had greater acquisition outlays and lower proceeds from the sale of assets and the sale of investments in unconsolidated affiliates, partially offset by a decrease in capital spending. The aggregate price paid for the acquisitions of the Gibraltar Assets, the assets of Piper and the membership interests of SCI in fiscal 2010 was more than the aggregate price of the acquisitions of the assets of the Sharon Companies and Laser Products in fiscal 2009. Additionally, the sale of assets in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 generated less cash than the sale of assets and the sale of investments in unconsolidated affiliates for the same period in fiscal 2009. The proceeds for fiscal 2010 were largely related to the sale of our Metal Framing operations in Canada, while the proceeds received in fiscal 2009 resulted largely from the sales of our investments in the Aegis, Canessa Worthington Slovokia and Accelerated Building Technologies joint ventures. Capital spending was reduced in fiscal 2010, largely due to the completion of two major projects and an effort by management to reduce spending.

Investment activities are largely discretionary, and future investment activities could be reduced significantly as economic conditions warrant. We assess acquisition opportunities as they arise, and such opportunities may require additional financing. There can be no assurance, however, that any such opportunities will arise, that any such acquisitions will be consummated or that any needed additional financing will be available on satisfactory terms when required.

Financing Activities

Net cash used by financing activities decreased by $143.6 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2010, when compared to the same period of fiscal 2009. This change was primarily due to a net decrease in overall borrowings of $19.0 million in fiscal 2010, versus a $135.8 million net decrease in the prior year. Additionally, net cash used by financing activities decreased in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 as a result of lower common share repurchases and lower dividend payments.

Our credit ratings at February 28, 2010 were unchanged from those reported as of May 31, 2009.

Long-term debt – As of February 28, 2010, we were in compliance with our long-term debt covenants. Our long-term debt agreement does not include ratings triggers or material adverse change provisions.

On June 12, 2009, we redeemed $118.5 million of the then $138.0 million outstanding 6.70% notes due December 1, 2009 (“Notes”). The consideration paid for the Notes was $1,025 per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The remainder of the Notes became due and was redeemed, at face amount, on December 1, 2009. The redemptions were funded by a combination of cash on hand and borrowings under existing credit facilities.

Short-term debt – We maintain a $435.0 million five-year revolving credit facility, which expires in May 2013, except for a $35.0 million commitment by one lender, which expires in September 2010. We were in compliance with our short covenants under this credit facility at February 28, 2010. Our short-term debt agreements do not include ratings triggers or material adverse change provisions. Current borrowings under this revolving credit facility have maturities of less than one year; and, given that we intend to repay them within the next year, they have been classified as notes payable. However, we can also extend the term of amounts borrowed by renewing these borrowings for the term of the facility. We have the option to borrow at rates equal to an applicable margin over the LIBOR, Prime or Fed Funds rates. The applicable margin is determined by our credit rating. At February 28, 2010, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at rates based on LIBOR. We had $306.7 million available to us under this facility at February 28, 2010, compared to $434.0 million available to us at May 31, 2009.

 

35


Table of Contents

We also have a $100.0 million revolving trade accounts receivable securitization facility (the “AR Facility”), of which $90.0 million was utilized at February 28, 2010 and at May 31, 2009. See the description that follows under “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.” The AR Facility is backed by a committed liquidity facility that expires during January 2011.

We provided $8.3 million in letters of credit for third-party beneficiaries as of February 28, 2010. The letters of credit secure potential obligations to certain bond and insurance providers. These letters can be drawn at any time at the option of the beneficiaries, and while not drawn against at February 28, 2010, these letters of credit are issued against and therefore reduce availability under the Facility.

Common shares – Worthington Industries’ Board of Directors declared quarterly dividends of $0.17 per common share in fiscal 2009, until reducing the dividend declared in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 to $0.10 per common share, which remained unchanged through the third quarter of fiscal 2010. Dividends paid on our common shares totaled $23.7 million and $40.3 million in the first nine months of fiscal 2010 and the first nine months of fiscal 2009, respectively. We currently have no material contractual or regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends.

On September 26, 2007, Worthington announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 10,000,000 of Worthington’s outstanding common shares. A total of 8,449,500 common shares remained available under this repurchase authorization as of February 28, 2010. The common shares available for repurchase under this authorization may be purchased from time to time, with consideration given to the market price of the common shares, the nature of other investment opportunities, cash flows from operations, general economic conditions and other relevant considerations. Repurchases may be made on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions. No common share repurchases were made during the first nine months of fiscal 2010. During the first nine months of fiscal 2009, we spent $12.4 million on common share repurchases.

Dividend Policy

Dividends are declared at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Quarterly, the Board of Directors establishes the dividend rate based upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, current and projected cash flows, business prospects and other relevant factors. While we have paid a dividend every quarter since becoming a public company in 1968, there is no guarantee that dividend payments will continue in the future.

Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments

Our contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments have not changed significantly from those disclosed in “Part II – Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commercial Commitments” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2009 (“2009 Form 10-K”), other than the changes in borrowings, as described in “Part I – Item 1. – Financial Statements – NOTE M – Debt and Receivables Securitization” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Refer to that note for additional information.

 

36


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We maintain a $100.0 million revolving trade accounts receivable securitization facility, which expires in January 2011. The AR Facility has been available throughout fiscal 2010 to date, and was available throughout fiscal 2009. Transactions under the AR Facility have been accounted for as sales. Pursuant to the terms of the AR Facility, certain of our subsidiaries sell their accounts receivable without recourse, on a revolving basis, to Worthington Receivables Corporation (“WRC”), a wholly-owned, consolidated, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary. In turn, WRC may sell without recourse, on a revolving basis, up to $100.0 million of undivided ownership interests in this pool of accounts receivable to a multi-sell, asset-backed commercial paper conduit (the “Conduit”). Purchases by the Conduit are financed with the sale of A1/P1 commercial paper. We retain an undivided interest in this pool and are subject to risk of loss based on the collectability of the receivables from this retained interest. Because the amount eligible to be sold excludes receivables more than 90 days past due, receivables offset by an allowance for doubtful accounts due to bankruptcy or other cause, receivables from certain foreign customers, concentrations over certain limits with specific customers and certain reserve amounts, we believe additional risk of loss is minimal. The book value of the retained portion of the pool of accounts receivable approximates fair value. Accounts receivable sold under the AR Facility are excluded from accounts receivable in the consolidated financial statements. As of February 28, 2010, the pool of eligible accounts receivable exceeded the $100.0 million limit, and $90.0 million of undivided ownership interests in this pool of accounts receivable had been sold.

We do not have guarantees or other off-balance sheet financing arrangements that we believe are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. However, as of February 28, 2010, the Company was party to an operating lease for an aircraft in which the Company has guaranteed a residual value at the termination of the lease. The maximum obligation under the terms of this guarantee was approximately $15.5 million at February 28, 2010. Based on current facts and circumstances, the Company has estimated the likelihood of payment pursuant to this guarantee, and determined that the fair value of the obligation based on those likely outcomes is not material.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

On September 15, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) became the single source of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Codification changed the referencing of financial standards but did not change or alter existing U.S. GAAP. The Codification became effective for the Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2010.

In December 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets. This guidance requires enhanced disclosures about plan assets in an employer’s defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. Companies will be required to disclose information about how investment allocation decisions are made, the fair value of each major category of plan assets, the basis used to determine the overall expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption, a description of the inputs and valuation techniques used to develop fair value measurements of plan assets and significant concentrations of credit risk. This guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. The adoption of this standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 will require expanded disclosure in the notes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements but will not impact amounts within our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets. This amendment removes the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity and requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. This amendment also requires additional disclosures about any transfers of financial assets and a transferor’s continuing involvement with transferred financial assets. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and interim periods within those fiscal years. While we believe, based on current terms and conditions of related agreements, that the adoption of this amendment will result in recognition on the consolidated balance sheets of the AR Facility (see the description above, under “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” for details regarding this facility), we continue to evaluate our options and the full impact of adopting this amendment effective June 1, 2010.

 

37


Table of Contents

In June 2009, the FASB issued an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for variable interest entities. This amendment changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate another entity is based on, among other things, the purpose and design of the other entity and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. The amendment also requires additional disclosures about a reporting entity’s involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. A reporting entity will be required to disclose how its involvement with a variable interest entity affects the reporting entity’s financial statements. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this amendment effective June 1, 2010.

Effective August 31, 2009, we adopted guidance issued in May 2009 by the FASB, which established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued. That guidance requires disclosure of the date through which subsequent events are evaluated and whether the date corresponds with the time at which the financial statements were available for issue (as defined) or were issued. During February 2010, and effective immediately upon issuance, the FASB amended that guidance. As a result, the Company is no longer required to, and does not, disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We continually evaluate our estimates, including those related to our valuation of receivables, inventories, intangible assets, accrued liabilities, income and other tax accruals, and contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. These results form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily obtained from other sources. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that require our significant judgments and involve uncertainties that could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Although actual results historically have not deviated significantly from those determined using our estimates, our financial position or results of operations could be materially different if we were to report under different conditions or to use different assumptions in the application of such policies. Our critical accounting policies have not significantly changed from those discussed in “Part II – Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies” of our 2009 Form 10-K.

We review our receivables on an ongoing basis to ensure they are properly valued. Based on this review, we believe our reserve for doubtful accounts is sized appropriately. The reserve for doubtful accounts has decreased approximately $4.5 million during the first nine months of fiscal 2010. This reduction is largely a result of reduced risk related to large automotive customers that have emerged from bankruptcy, as well as a settlement reached regarding another large, specifically-reserved customer balance. However, if the economic environment and market conditions deteriorate, particularly in the automotive and construction markets where our exposure is greatest, additional reserves may be required.

Our inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using a first-in, first-out method. To ensure that inventory is not stated above the current market value requires the significant use of estimates to determine the replacement cost, cost to complete, normal profit margin and ultimate selling price of the inventory. While we have not incurred any significant inventory write-down charges during the first nine months of fiscal 2010, we continue to perform these inventory valuation reviews on at least a quarterly basis, with concentration on those operating segments more heavily impacted by market prices of steel. These analyses take into account current pricing structures, as well as known or anticipated future movements in the market, and are performed at levels consistent with other asset evaluations, taking into account inventory mix and operating units’ interdependencies with regards to utilization of inventory.

 

38


Table of Contents

We recognize revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss provided evidence of an arrangement exists, pricing is fixed and determinable, and the ability to collect is probable. As of February 28, 2010, and May 31, 2009, we had deferred $9.3 million of revenue related to pricing disputes. See “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE P – Contingent Liabilities” within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for additional information regarding this item and related litigation during the nine months ended February 28, 2010.

During the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010, we made certain organizational changes that impacted the internal reporting and management structure of our previously reported Construction Services operating segment. This operating segment consisted of the Worthington Integrated Building Systems (“WIBS”) business unit, which included the Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs businesses. As a result of continued challenges facing those businesses, the interaction between those businesses and other operations within the Company and other industry factors, management responsibilities and internal reporting were re-aligned and separated for those entities within WIBS. Operational strategies have also been modified for these businesses, in order to reduce redundancy and competition within the consolidated Company. While the composition of the Company’s reportable segments is unchanged from this development (see description within “Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note H – Segment Data” of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal 2009 of Worthington Industries, Inc.), the level of aggregation within the Other category for segment reporting purposes is impacted, as are the identified reporting units used for testing of potential goodwill impairment. Subsequent to this change, and as of February 28, 2010, the Other category, for purposes of reporting segment financial information, continues to include Mid-Rise Construction, Military Construction and Stairs. However, those operating units are no longer combined together as the Construction Services operating segment, but are each separate and distinct operating segments.

We review the carrying value of our long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or a group of assets may not be recoverable. When a potential impairment is indicated, accounting standards require a charge to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements if the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets exceeds the fair value of that asset or group of assets. The loss recognized would be the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets.

Due to continued deterioration in business and market conditions impacting the Steel Packaging operating segment during the second quarter of fiscal 2010, we determined that certain indicators of potential impairment were present for certain long-lived assets . Therefore, those long-lived assets were tested for impairment during the quarter ended November 30, 2009. Recoverability of the identified asset groups was tested using future cash flow projections based on management’s long range estimates of market conditions.

The sum of the undiscounted future cash flows related to the Steel Packaging asset group was less than the net book value for the asset group. Therefore, an impairment loss was recognized at November 30, 2009 in the amount of $2.7 million. The impairment loss was recorded within impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statement of earnings for the nine months ended February 28, 2010, and was based on the excess of the assets’ carrying amounts over their respective fair values at November 30, 2009.

Due to continued deterioration in business and market conditions impacting our Metal Framing operating segment and the then Construction Services operating segment during the third quarter of fiscal 2010, we determined that certain indicators of potential impairment were present for long-lived assets . Therefore, long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, were tested for impairment during the quarter ended February 28, 2010. Recoverability of the identified asset groups was tested using future cash flow projections based on management’s long range estimates of market conditions.

The sum of the undiscounted future cash flows related to the Metal Framing asset group was more than the net book value for the asset group. Therefore, there was no impairment loss at February 28, 2010 in the Metal Framing operating segment, other than that described at “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE L – Fair Value” within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

39


Table of Contents

The sum of the undiscounted future cash flows related to an identified asset group within Construction Services operating segment (as previously reported and discussed above) was less than the net book value for the asset group. Therefore, an impairment loss was recognized during the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010 in the amount of $8.0 million. The impairment loss was recorded within impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statements of earnings, and was based on the excess of the assets’ carrying amounts over their respective fair values at February 28, 2010.

We test our goodwill balances for impairment annually, during the fourth quarter, and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. We test goodwill at the operating segment level as we have determined that the characteristics of the components within each operating segment are similar and allow for their aggregation to the operating segment level for testing purposes. The test consists of determining the fair value of the operating segments, using discounted cash flows, and comparing the result to the carrying values of the operating segments. If the estimated fair value of an operating segment exceeds its carrying value, there is no impairment. If the carrying amount of the operating segment exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment of the goodwill is indicated. The amount of the impairment would be determined by establishing the fair value of all assets and liabilities of the operating segment, excluding the goodwill, and comparing the total to the estimated fair value of the operating segment. The difference would represent the fair value of the goodwill; and, if it is lower than the book value of the goodwill, the difference would be recorded as a loss in the consolidated statements of earnings.

The results of the Construction Services operating segment (as previously reported and discussed above) have continued to deteriorate as the anticipated economic recovery in the commercial construction market has been pushed further into the future. As a result, management determined that impairment indicators existed in the recent past and the assets (long-lived assets as well as goodwill) of the Construction Services operating segment have been reviewed for potential impairment on a quarterly basis during fiscal 2010. These tests were performed with no impairment resulting. However, each successive test yielded a result closer to the point at which an impairment would be indicated. During the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010, we again tested the value of the goodwill balances in the Construction Services operating segment. Based upon the continued depression of the industry and the future uncertainty of the market, we revised the forecasted cash flows used in our previous valuations of this operating segment downward. After reviewing the revised valuation and the fair value estimates of the remaining net assets, it was determined that the value of the business no longer supported its $24.7 million goodwill balance. As a result, the full amount was written-off in the third fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010. The impairment loss was recorded within impairment of long-lived assets in our consolidated statements of earnings for the three and nine months ended February 28, 2010. Management continues to assess these business units, as well as market and industry factors impacting the business units, in order to determine the appropriate course of action going forward.

We will continue to test goodwill and other long-lived assets for impairment in each reporting period in which indicators, or potential indicators, of impairment are present. We will also perform the required annual test of impairment for the goodwill balances related to the Pressure Cylinders operating segment during the fourth fiscal quarter ending May  31, 2010.

Item 3. – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risks have not changed significantly from those disclosed in “Part II – Item 7A. – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of our 2009 Form 10-K.

 

40


Table of Contents

Item 4. – Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures [as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)] that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010). Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes that occurred during the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010) in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

41


Table of Contents

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. – Legal Proceedings

Various legal actions, which generally have arisen in the ordinary course of business, are pending against the Company. None of this pending litigation, individually or collectively, is expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Notwithstanding the statement above, see “Item 1. – Financial Statements – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – NOTE P – Contingent Liabilities” within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for additional information regarding certain litigation during the nine months ended February 28, 2010.

Item 1A. – Risk Factors

There are certain risks and uncertainties in our business, including those discussed below, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated. The following discussion, as well as other disclosure in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (“this Form 10-Q”) and our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2009 (the “2009 Form 10-K”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 30, 2009, and available at www.sec.gov or at www.worthingtonindustries.com , discuss our risk factors. These risk factors should be read carefully in connection with evaluating our business and in connection with the forward-looking statements and other information contained in this Form 10-Q. Any of the risks described could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made. These risk factors described are not the only risks facing the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial, also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or future results.

Economic or Industry Downturns

The current global recession has adversely affected and is likely to continue to adversely affect our business and our industries, as well as the industries of many of our customers and suppliers.  The volatile domestic and global recessionary climate is having significant negative impacts on our business. The global recession has resulted in a significant decrease in customer demand throughout nearly all of our markets, including our two largest markets – construction and automotive. The impacts of recent government approved and proposed measures, including various measures intended to provide stimulus to the economy in general or to certain industries, are currently unknown. Overall, operating levels across our businesses have fallen and may remain at depressed levels until economic conditions improve and demand increases.

Continued volatility in the United States and worldwide capital and credit markets has impacted and is likely to continue to significantly impact our end markets and result in continued negative impacts on demand, increased credit and collection risks and other adverse effects on our business.  The domestic and worldwide capital and credit markets have experienced and are experiencing significant volatility, disruptions and dislocations with respect to price and credit availability. These have caused diminished availability of credit and other capital in our end markets, including automotive and construction, and for participants in, and customers of, those markets. There is continued uncertainty as to when and if the capital and credit markets will improve and the impact this period of volatility will have on our end markets and business in general.

The construction and automotive industries account for a significant portion of our net sales, and reductions in demand from these industries have adversely impacted and are likely to continue to adversely affect our business.  The overall downturn in the economy, the disruption in capital and credit markets, declining real estate values and reduced consumer spending have caused significant reductions in demand from our end markets in general and, in particular, the construction and automotive end markets.

Demand in the commercial and residential construction markets has weakened as it has become more difficult for companies and consumers to obtain credit for construction projects and the economic slowdown has caused delays in or cancellations of construction projects.

 

42


Table of Contents

The domestic auto industry is currently experiencing a very difficult operating environment, which has resulted in and will likely continue to result in lower levels of vehicle production and an associated decrease in demand for products sold to the automotive industry. Many automotive manufacturers and their suppliers have reduced production levels and eliminated manufacturing capacity, through the closure of facilities, extension of temporary shutdowns, reduction in operations, and other cost reduction actions. The difficulties faced by this industry are likely to continue to adversely affect our business.

Financial difficulties and bankruptcy filings by the Company’s customers could have an adverse impact on our business.  Many of our customers are experiencing extremely challenging financial conditions. General Motors and Chrysler have gone through bankruptcy proceedings and both companies have implemented plans to significantly reduce production capacity and their dealership networks. Certain other customers have filed or are contemplating filing bankruptcy petitions. These and other customers may be in need of additional capital or credit to continue operations. The bankruptcies and financial difficulties of certain customers and/or failure in their efforts to obtain credit or otherwise improve their overall financial condition could result in numerous changes within the markets we serve, including additional plant closings, decreased production, reduced demand, changes in product mix, unfavorable changes in the prices, terms or conditions we are able to obtain and other changes that may result in decreased purchases from us and otherwise negatively impact our business. These conditions also increase the risk that our customers may default on their payment obligations to us, particularly customers in hard hit industries such as automotive and construction.

The overall weakness among automotive manufacturers and their suppliers has increased the risk that at least some of the Company’s customers, which are suppliers to the automotive industry, could have further financial difficulties. The same is true of the Company’s customers in other industries, including construction, which are also experiencing significant financial weakness. Should the economy or any applicable market not improve, the risk of bankruptcy filings by the Company’s customers will continue to increase. Such filings may result in not only in a reduction in sales, but also in a loss associated with the potential inability to collection outstanding accounts receivables. While the Company takes steps intended to mitigate the impact of financial difficulties and potential bankruptcy filings by its customers, these matters could have a negative impact on the Company’s business.

Raw Material Pricing and Availability

The costs of manufacturing our products and the ability to supply our customers could be negatively impacted if we experience interruptions in deliveries of needed raw materials or supplies.  If, for any reason, our supply of flat-rolled steel or other key raw materials, such as aluminum and zinc, is curtailed or we are otherwise unable to obtain the quantities we need at competitive prices, our business could suffer and our financial results could be adversely affected. Such interruptions might result from a number of factors, including events such as a shortage of capacity in the supplier base or of the raw materials, energy or the inputs needed to make steel or other supplies, failure of suppliers to fulfill their supply obligations, financial difficulties of suppliers resulting in the closing or idling of supplier facilities, other significant events affecting supplier facilities, significant weather events, those factors listed in the immediately following paragraph or other factors beyond our control. Further, the number of suppliers has decreased in recent years due to industry consolidation and the financial difficulties of certain suppliers, and consolidation may continue. Accordingly, if delivery from a major supplier is disrupted, it may be more difficult to obtain an alternative supply than in the past.

Our future operating results may be affected by fluctuations in raw material prices.  Our principal raw material is flat-rolled steel, which we purchase from multiple primary steel producers. The steel industry as a whole has been cyclical, and at times availability and pricing can be volatile due to a number of factors beyond our control. These factors include general economic conditions, domestic and worldwide demand, curtailed production from major suppliers due to factors such as the closing or idling of facilities, equipment breakdowns, repairs or catastrophic events, labor costs or problems, competition, import duties, tariffs, energy costs, availability and cost of steel inputs ( e.g., ore, scrap, coke and energy), currency exchange rates and other factors described in the immediately preceding paragraph. This volatility can significantly affect our steel costs.

 

43


Table of Contents

In an environment of increasing prices for steel and other raw materials, competitive conditions may impact how much of the price increases we can pass on to our customers. To the extent we are unable to pass on future price increases in our raw materials to our customers, our financial results could be adversely affected. Also, if steel prices decrease, in general, competitive conditions may impact how quickly we must reduce our prices to our customers and we could be forced to use higher-priced raw materials to complete orders for which the selling prices have decreased. Decreasing steel prices may also require the Company to write-down the value of its inventory to reflect current market pricing, as was the case during fiscal 2009.

Inventories

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.  We are required to maintain sufficient inventories to accommodate the needs of our customers including, in many cases, short lead times and just-in-time delivery requirements. Although we typically have customer orders in hand prior to placement of our raw material orders for Steel Processing, we anticipate and forecast customer demand for all business segments. We purchase raw materials on a regular basis in an effort to maintain our inventory at levels that we believe are sufficient to satisfy the anticipated needs of our customers based upon orders, customer volume expectations, historic buying practices and market conditions. Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in the use of higher-priced inventory to fill orders reflecting lower selling prices, if steel prices have significantly decreased. These events could adversely affect our financial results. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our products or if our suppliers fail to supply quality products in a timely manner, we may experience inventory shortages. Inventory shortages might result in unfilled orders, negatively impacting our customer relationships, and resulting in lost revenues, any of which could harm our business and adversely affect our financial results.

Suppliers and Customers

The loss of significant volume from key customers could adversely affect us.  In fiscal 2009, our largest customer accounted for approximately 4% of our consolidated gross sales, and our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 22% of our consolidated gross sales. A significant loss of, or decrease in, business from any of these customers could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial results if we cannot obtain replacement business. Also, due to consolidation in the industries we serve, including the construction, automotive and retail industries, our gross sales may be increasingly sensitive to deterioration in the financial condition of, or other adverse developments with respect to, one or more of our top customers.

Many of our key industries, such as construction and automotive, are cyclical in nature. These industries can be impacted by both market demand and raw material supply, particularly steel. The demand for our products is directly related to, and quickly impacted by, customer demand in our industries, which can change as the result of changes in the general United States or worldwide economy and other factors beyond or control. Adverse changes in demand or pricing can have a negative effect on our business.

Significant sales reductions for any of the Detroit 3 automakers could have a negative impact on our business. Approximately half the sales of our Steel Processing business segment and substantially all of the sales of the Automotive Body Panels business segment are to the automotive market. Although we do sell to the domestic operations of foreign automakers, a significant majority of our automotive sales are to Ford, General Motors, and Chrysler (the “Detroit 3”) and their suppliers.

The closing or relocation of customer facilities could adversely affect us. Our ability to meet delivery requirements and the overall cost of our products as delivered to a customer facility are important competitive factors. If customers close or move production facilities further away from our manufacturing facilities which can supply them, it can have an adverse effect on our ability to meet competitive conditions which could result in the loss of sales. Likewise, if customers move production facilities overseas, it can result in the loss of potential sales for the Company.

Sales conflicts with our customers and/or suppliers can adversely impact us. In some instances, we may complete with one or more customers and/or suppliers in pursuing the same business. Such conflicts can strain our relationships with those parties which can adversely affect our future business with them.

 

44


Table of Contents

The closing or idling of steel manufacturing facilities could have a negative impact on us. As steel makers have reduced their production capacities by closing or idling production lines in light of the current recessionary conditions, the number of facilities from which we can purchase steel, in particular certain specialty steels, has decreased. According, if delivery from a supplier is disrupted, particularly with respect to certain types of specialty steel, it may be more difficult to obtain an alternate supply than in the past. Also, these closures can have an adverse effect on the supplier’s on time delivery performance which can have an adverse effect on our ability to meet our delivery commitments and may have other adverse effects on our business.

The loss of key supplier relationships could adversely affect us. Over the years, our various manufacturing operations had developed relationships with certain steel and other suppliers which have been beneficial to us by providing more assured delivery and a more favorable all-in cost, which includes price and shipping costs. If those relationships are disrupted, they can have an adverse effect on delivery times and the overall cost of our raw materials, which can have a negative impact on our business.

Competition

Our business is highly competitive, and increased competition could negatively impact our financial results.  Generally, the markets in which we conduct business are highly competitive. Competition for most of our products is primarily on the basis of price, product quality and our ability to meet delivery requirements. The current economic recession has also resulted in significant open capacity which could increase competitive presence. Competition may also increase if suppliers to or customers of our industries begin to more directly compete with our businesses through acquisition or otherwise. Increased competition could cause us to lose market share, increase expenditures, lower our margins or offer additional services at a higher cost to us, which could adversely impact our financial results.

Material Substitution

In certain applications, steel competes with other materials, such as aluminum (particularly in the automobile industry), cement and wood (particularly in the construction industry), composites, glass and plastic.  Prices of all of these materials fluctuate widely and differences between them and steel prices may adversely affect demand for our products and/or encourage substitution, which could adversely affect prices and demand for steel products. The high cost of steel relative to other materials can make material substitution more attractive for certain uses.

Freight and Energy

The availability and cost of freight and energy, such as electricity, natural gas and diesel fuel, is important in the manufacture and transport of our products.  Our operating costs increase when energy costs rise. During periods of increasing freight and energy costs, we might not be able to fully recover our operating cost increases through price increases without reducing demand for our products. Our financial results could be adversely affected if we are unable to pass all of the increases on to our customers or if we are unable to obtain the necessary freight and energy. Also, increasing energy costs could put a strain on the transportation of materials and products if such cost increases force certain transporters to close.

Information Systems

We are subject to information system security risks and systems integration issues that could disrupt our internal operations.  We are dependent upon information technology for the distribution of information internally and also to our customers and suppliers. This information technology is subject to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to computer viruses, security breaches and defects in design. There also could be system or network disruptions if new or upgraded business management systems are defective or are not installed properly, or are not properly integrated into operations. We recently implemented a new software-based enterprise resource planning system. Various measures have been implemented to manage our risks related to information system and network disruptions, but a system failure could negatively impact our operations and financial results.

 

45


Table of Contents

Business Disruptions

Disruptions to our business or the business of our customers or suppliers could adversely impact our operations and financial results.  Business disruptions, including increased costs for or interruptions in the supply of energy or raw materials, resulting from shortages of supply or transportation, from severe weather events (such as hurricanes, floods and blizzards), from casualty events (such as explosions, fires or material equipment breakdown), from acts of terrorism, from pandemic disease, from labor disruptions or from other events (such as required maintenance shutdowns) could cause interruptions to our business as well as the operations of our customers and suppliers. While we maintain insurance coverage that can offset some losses relating to certain types of these events, losses from business disruptions could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial results and we can be adversely impacted to the extent any such losses are not covered by insurance or cause some other adverse impact to the Company.

Foreign

Economic, political and other risks associated with foreign operations could adversely affect our international financial results.  Although the substantial majority of our business activity takes place in the United States, we derive a portion of our revenues and earnings from operations in foreign countries, and are subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. We have wholly-owned facilities in Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic and Portugal and joint venture facilities in China, France, Mexico, Spain and the United Kingdom. The risks of doing business in foreign countries include: the potential for adverse changes in the local political climate, in diplomatic relations between foreign countries and the United States or in government policies, laws or regulations; terrorist activity that may cause social disruption; logistical and communications challenges; costs of complying with a variety of laws and regulations; difficulty in staffing and managing geographically diverse operations; deterioration of foreign economic conditions; currency rate fluctuations; foreign exchange restrictions; differing local business practices and cultural considerations; restrictions on imports and exports or sources of supply; and changes in duties or taxes. We believe that our business activities outside of the United States involve a higher degree of risk than our domestic activities.

The global recession and the volatility of worldwide capital and credit markets have impacted and will likely continue to significantly impact our foreign customers and markets. This has decreased demand in our foreign operations and is having significant negative impacts on our business. See in general the discussion under “Economic or Industry Downturns” above.

Joint Ventures

A change in the relationship between the members of our joint ventures may have an adverse effect on that joint venture.  Worthington has been successful in the development and operation of various joint ventures, and equity in net income from our joint ventures, particularly WAVE, has been important to our financial results. We believe an important element in the success of any joint venture is a solid relationship between the members of that joint venture. If there is a change in ownership, a change of control, a change in management or another event with respect to a member that adversely impacts the relationship between the members, it may adversely impact the joint venture.

Acquisitions

We may not be able to consummate, manage and integrate future acquisitions successfully.  Some of our growth has been through acquisitions. We continue to seek additional businesses to acquire in the future. There are no assurances, however, that any acquisition opportunities will arise or, if they do, that they will be consummated, or that any needed additional financing will be available on satisfactory terms when required. In addition, acquisitions involve risks that the businesses acquired will not perform in accordance with expectations, that business judgments concerning the value, strengths and weaknesses of businesses acquired will prove incorrect, that the acquired businesses may not be integrated successfully and that the acquisitions may strain our management resources.

 

46


Table of Contents

Accounting and Tax Estimates

We are required to make accounting and tax-related estimates and judgments in preparing our consolidated financial statements.  In preparing our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the accounting for and recognition of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions must be made because certain information that is used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements is dependent on future events, or cannot be calculated with a high degree of precision from data available. In some cases, these estimates are particularly difficult to determine and we must exercise significant judgment. The estimates and assumptions having the greatest amount of uncertainty, subjectivity and complexity are related to our accounting for bad debts, returns and allowances, inventory, self-insurance reserves, derivatives, stock-based compensation, deferred income taxes and asset and goodwill impairments. Actual results could differ materially from the estimates and assumptions that we use, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Claims and Insurance

Adverse claims experience, to the extent not covered by insurance, may have an adverse effect on our financial results.  We self-insure a significant portion of our potential liability for workers compensation, product liability, general liability, property, automobile liability, stop loss and employee medical claims. In order to reduce risk, we purchase insurance from highly rated licensed insurance carriers that covers most claims in excess of the deductible or retained amounts. We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to resolve open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported. The occurrence of significant claims, our failure to adequately reserve for such claims, a significant cost increase to maintain our insurance or the failure of our insurance provider to perform could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Principal Shareholder

Our principal shareholder may have the ability to exert significant influence in matters requiring a shareholder vote and could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of Worthington.  Pursuant to our charter documents, certain matters such as those in which a person would attempt to acquire or take control of the Company, must be approved by the vote of the holders of common shares representing at least 75% of Worthington’s outstanding voting power. Approximately 22% of our outstanding common shares are beneficially owned by John P. McConnell, our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. As a result of his beneficial ownership, Mr. McConnell may have the ability to exert significant influence in these matters and other proposals upon which our shareholders vote.

Credit Ratings

Rating agencies may downgrade our credit ratings, which could make it more difficult for us to raise capital and it could increase our financing costs.  Any downgrade in our credit ratings may make raising capital more difficult, may increase the cost and affect the terms of future borrowings, may affect the terms under which we purchase goods and services and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities. The rate on some of our credit facilities is tied to our credit rating. Any downgrade would likely result in an increase in the current cost of our revolving credit facility.

Difficult Financial Markets

Should we be required to raise capital in the current financing environment, potential outcomes might include higher borrowing costs, less available capital, more stringent terms and tighter covenants or, in extreme conditions, an inability to raise capital.  Although the Company currently has significant borrowing availability under its existing credit facilities, should those facilities become unavailable due to covenant or other defaults, or should we otherwise be required to raise capital outside our existing facilities, given the current uncertainty in the financial markets, our ability to access capital and the terms under which we do so may change. Any adverse change in our access to capital or the terms of our borrowings, including increased costs, would have a negative impact on the Company.

 

47


Table of Contents

Environmental, Health and Safety

We may incur additional costs related to environmental and health and safety matters. Our operations and facilities are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and human health and safety. Failure to maintain or achieve compliance with these laws and regulations or with the permits required for our operations could result in increased costs and capital expenditures, and potentially to fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party claims for property damage or personal injury, cleanup costs or temporary or permanent discontinuance of operations. Over time, we and other predecessor operators of our facilities have generated, used, handled and disposed of hazardous and other regulated wastes. Environmental liabilities could exist, including cleanup obligations at these facilities or at off-site locations where materials from our operations were disposed of or at facilities we divested, which could result in future expenditures that cannot be currently quantified and which could reduce our profits and cash flow. We may be held strictly liable for the contamination of these sites, and the amount of that liability could be material. Under the “joint and several” liability principle of certain environmental laws, we may be held liable for all remediation costs at a particular site, even with respect to contamination for which we are not responsible. Changes in environmental laws, regulations or enforcement policies, including without limitation new or more stringent regulations affecting greenhouse gas emissions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Legislation and Regulation

Certain proposed legislation and regulations can have an adverse impact on the economy in general and in our markets specifically, which may adversely affect our business. For example, legislation and regulations proposing increases in taxation on or heightened regulation of carbon emissions may result in higher prices for steel, higher prices for utilities required to run our facilities, higher fuel costs for us and our shippers and other adverse impacts. To the extent this or other new legislation or regulation increases our costs, we may not be able to fully pass these costs onto our customers without a resulting decline in sales and adverse impact to our profits. Likewise, to the extent new legislation or regulation would have an adverse effect on the economy, our markets or the ability of domestic businesses to compete against foreign operations, it could also have an adverse impact on us.

Impairment Charges

Continued or enhanced weakness in the economy, our markets or our results of operation could result in future asset impairments, which would reduce our reported earnings and net worth.  We review the carrying value of our long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite useful lives, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or a group of assets may not be recoverable. When a potential impairment is indicated, accounting standards require a charge to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements if the carrying amount of an asset or group of assets exceeds the fair value of that asset or group of assets. The loss recognized would be the difference between the fair value and the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets.

 

48


Table of Contents

Item 2. – Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table provides information about purchases made by, or on behalf of, Worthington Industries, Inc. or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b – 18(a) (3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of common shares of Worthington Industries, Inc. during each month of the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2010:

 

Period

   Total Number
of Common
Shares
Purchased
   Average Price
Paid per
Common
Share
   Total Number of
Common Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
   Maximum Number of
Common Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs (1)

December 1-31, 2009

   -    -    -    8,449,500

January 1- 31, 2010

   -    -    -    8,449,500

February 1-28, 2010

   -    -    -    8,449,500
                 

Total

   -    -    -   
                 

 

(1)

On September 26, 2007, Worthington Industries, Inc. announced that the Board of Directors had authorized the repurchase of up to 10,000,000 of Worthington Industries, Inc.’s outstanding common shares. A total of 8,449,500 common shares remained available under this repurchase authorization as of February 28, 2010. The common shares available for purchase under this authorization may be purchased from time to time, with consideration given to the market price of the common shares, the nature of other investment opportunities, cash flows from operations and general economic conditions. Repurchases may be made on the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.

Item 3. – Defaults Upon Senior Securities

Not applicable

Item 4. – Reserved

Item 5. – Other Information

Not applicable

Item 6. – Exhibits

 

  10.1

Amendment No. 7 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2010, among Worthington Receivables Corporation, as Seller, Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the members of the various purchaser groups from time to time party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator

 

  31.1

Rule 13a - 14(a) / 15d - 14(a) Certifications (Principal Executive Officer)

 

  31.2

Rule 13a - 14(a) / 15d - 14(a) Certifications (Principal Financial Officer)

 

  32.1

Section 1350 Certifications of Principal Executive Officer

 

  32.2

Section 1350 Certifications of Principal Financial Officer

 

49


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.

Date: April 7, 2010

 

By:

 

  /s/ B. Andrew Rose

 

B. Andrew Rose,

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(On behalf of the Registrant and as Principal

Financial Officer)

 

50


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

Location

10.1    Amendment No. 7 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2010, among Worthington Receivables Corporation, as Seller, Worthington Industries, Inc., as Servicer, the members of the various purchaser groups from time to time party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrator   

Filed herewith

31.1    Rule 13a - 14(a) / 15d - 14(a) Certifications (Principal Executive Officer)   

Filed herewith

31.2    Rule 13a - 14(a) / 15d - 14(a) Certifications (Principal Financial Officer)   

Filed herewith

32.1    Section 1350 Certifications of Principal Executive Officer   

Filed herewith

32.2    Section 1350 Certifications of Principal Financial Officer   

Filed herewith

 

51

Exhibit 10.1

AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 21, 2010, is entered into among WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the “ Seller ”), WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ Worthington ”), as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), THE MEMBERS OF THE VARIOUS PURCHASER GROUPS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY TO THE AGREEMENT (as defined below) (each, a “ Purchaser Group ” and collectively, the “ Purchaser Groups ”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ PNC ”), as Administrator (the “ Administrator ”).

RECITALS

The Seller, the Servicer, each member of each of the Purchaser Groups and the Administrator are parties to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof, the “ Agreement ”); and

The parties hereto desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms that are used herein without definition and that are defined in Exhibit I to the Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as therein defined.

2. Amendment to Agreements . The Agreement is hereby amended to incorporate the changes shown on the marked pages of the Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A .

3. Representations and Warranties . The Seller and the Servicer each hereby represents and warrants to the Administrator and each member of the various Purchaser Groups from time to time party to the Agreement as follows:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Its representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations or warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date);

(b) Enforceability . The execution and delivery by each of the Seller and the Servicer of this Amendment, and the performance of each of its obligations under this Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within each of its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on each of its parts. This Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are each of the Seller’s and the Servicer’s valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and


(c) No Default . Both before and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, no Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists or shall exist.

4. Effect of Amendment . All provisions of the Agreement, as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect. After this Amendment becomes effective, all references in the Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document) to “this Agreement”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of similar effect referring to the Agreement shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be deemed, either expressly or impliedly, to waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Agreement other than as set forth herein.

5. Further Agreement; Certificate of Incorporation for the Seller . Each of the Seller and Servicer hereby covenant and agree that, on or prior to March 19, 2010 it shall enter into an amendment to the Agreement amending Section 3(c) of Exhibit IV of the Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator in its commercially reasonable discretion. The Seller hereby covenants and agrees that, on or prior to March 19, 2010, it shall deliver to the Administrator a fully executed copy of an amendment to the “Independent Director” provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation for the Seller in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator in its commercially reasonable discretion.

6. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon receipt by the Administrator of: (i) counterparts of: (a) this Amendment (whether by facsimile or otherwise) executed by each of the parties hereto and (b) that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Fee Letter, dated as of the date hereof, among PNC, Worthington, the Seller and Market Street Funding LLC (the “ Fee Letter ”) (whether by facsimile or otherwise) executed by each of the other parties thereto, (ii) the “Structuring Fee” under and as defined in the Fee Letter and (iii) such other documents, instruments and opinions as the Administrator may reasonably request.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

8. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York (without regard to any otherwise applicable principles of conflicts of law other than Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law).

9. Section Headings . The various headings of this Amendment are included for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment, the Agreement or any provision hereof or thereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES

CORPORATION, as Seller

By:

 

/s/ Matthew A. Lockard

    Name:

 

Matthew A. Lockard

    Title:

 

Treasurer

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,

as Servicer

By:

 

/s/ Dale T. Brinkman

    Name:

 

Dale T. Brinkman

    Title:

 

Vice President


MARKET STREET FUNDING LLC,

as a Purchaser

By:

 

/s/ Evelyn Echevarria

    Name:

 

Evelyn Echevarria

    Title:

 

Vice President

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator and as a Purchaser Agent

By:

 

/s/ William P. Falcon

    Name:

 

William P. Falcon

    Title:

 

Vice President


EXHIBIT A

 

 

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of November 30, 2000

among

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION,

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC.,

as Servicer

THE MEMBERS OF VARIOUS PURCHASER GROUPS

FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

and

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrator

 

 


This RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 30, 2000, among WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, as seller (the “ Seller ”), WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., an Ohio corporation (“ Worthington ”), as initial servicer (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”), MARKET STREET FUNDING CORPORATION (“ Market Street ”), a Delaware corporation, as a Conduit Purchaser, PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ PNC ”), as agent for Market Street, and as Administrator for each Purchaser Group (in such capacity, the “ Administrator ”), and each of the other members of each Purchaser Group party hereto or that become parties hereto by executing an Assumption Agreement or a Transfer Supplement.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS. Certain terms that are capitalized and used throughout this Agreement are defined in Exhibit I . References in the Exhibits hereto to the “Agreement” refer to this Agreement, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

The Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign an undivided variable percentage interest in a pool of receivables, and the Purchasers desire to acquire such undivided variable percentage interest, as such percentage interest shall be adjusted from time to time based upon, in part, reinvestment payments that are made by such Purchasers.

In consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES

Section 1.1. Purchase Facility .

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, the Seller may, from time to time before the Facility Termination Date, request that the Conduit Purchasers, or, only if a Conduit Purchaser denies such request or is unable to fund (and provides notice of such denial or inability to the Seller, the Administrator and its Purchaser Agent), ratably request that the Related Committed Purchasers, make purchases of and reinvestments in undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest from the Seller from time to time from the date hereof to the Facility Termination Date. Subject to Section 1.4(b) , concerning reinvestments, at no time will a Conduit Purchaser have any obligation to make a purchase. Each Related Committed Purchaser severally hereby agrees, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to make Purchases before the Facility Termination Date, based on the applicable Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of each purchase requested pursuant to Section 1.2(a) (each a “ Purchase ”) (and, in the case of each Related Committed Purchaser, its Commitment Percentage of its Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such Purchase) to the extent its Investment would not thereby exceed its Commitment and the Aggregate Investment would not (after giving effect to all Purchases on such date) exceed the Purchase Limit.


(b) The Seller may, upon at least 60 days’ written notice to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent terminate the purchase facility provided for in this Section in whole or, upon 30 days’ written notice to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, from time to time, irrevocably reduce in part the unfunded portion of the Purchase Limit (but not below the amount which would cause the Group Investment of any Purchaser Group to exceed its Group Commitment (after giving effect to such reduction)); provided that each partial reduction shall be in the amount of at least $3,000,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and unless terminated in whole, the Purchase Limit shall in no event be reduced below $50,000,000. Such reduction shall at the option of the Seller be applied either (i) ratably to reduce the Group Commitment of each Purchaser Group or (ii) to terminate the Group Commitment of any one Purchaser Group.

Section 1.2. Making Purchases .

(a) Each purchase (but not reinvestment) of undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest hereunder shall be made upon the Seller’s irrevocable written notice in the form of Annex B delivered to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent in accordance with Section 6.2 (which notice must be received by the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent before 11:00 a.m., New York City time) at least three Business Days before the requested Purchase Date, which notice shall specify: (A) the amount requested to be paid to the Seller (such amount, which shall not be less than $1,000,000 or such lesser amount as may be consented to by the Administrator, with respect to each Purchaser Group, being the aggregate of the Investments of each Purchaser within such Purchaser Group, relating to the undivided percentage ownership interest then being purchased), (B) the date of such purchase (which shall be a Business Day), and (C) a pro forma calculation of the Purchased Interest after giving effect to the increase in the Aggregate Investment. If the Purchase is requested from a Conduit Purchaser and such Conduit Purchaser determines, in its sole discretion, to make the requested Purchase, such Conduit Purchaser shall transfer to the account of the Seller described in Section 1.2(b) , below (the “ Disbursement Account ”), an amount equal to such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchaser Group Ratable Share of such Purchase on the requested Purchase Date. If the Purchase is requested from the Related Committed Purchasers for a Purchaser Group (in the case where the related Conduit Purchaser determined not to or was unable to make such Purchase), subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Related Committed Purchasers for a Purchaser Group shall use its reasonable best efforts to transfer the applicable Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of each Purchase (and, in the case of each Related Committed Purchaser, its Commitment Percentage of its Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of such Purchase) into the Disbursement Account by no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Purchase Date.

(b) On the date of each Purchase, each Purchaser (or the related Purchaser Agent on its behalf), shall make available to the Seller in same day funds, at Bank One, N.A., Columbus Ohio, account number 981237763, ABA 044000037, an amount equal to the proceeds of such Purchase.

(c) Effective on the date of each Purchase pursuant to this Section 1.2 and each reinvestment pursuant to Section 1.4 , the Seller hereby sells and assigns to the

 

2


Administrator for the benefit of the Purchasers (ratably, according to each such Purchaser’s Investment) an undivided percentage ownership interest in: (i) each Pool Receivable then existing, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security.

(d) To secure all of the Seller’s obligations (monetary or otherwise) under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, the Seller hereby grants to the Administrator, for the benefit of the Purchasers, a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest (including any undivided interest of the Seller) in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising: (i) all Pool Receivables, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iii) all Collections with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iv) the Lock-Box Accounts and all amounts on deposit therein, and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time evidencing such Lock-Box Accounts and amounts on deposit therein, (v) all books and records of each Receivable, and all Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party, together with all rights (but none of the obligations) of the Seller thereunder and (vi) all proceeds and products of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing (collectively, the “ Pool Assets ”). The Administrator, for the benefit of the Purchasers, shall have, with respect to the Pool Assets, and in addition to all the other rights and remedies available to the Administrator and the Purchasers, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under any applicable UCC.

(e) The Seller may, with the written consent of the Administrator and each Purchaser, add additional Persons as Purchasers (either to an existing Purchaser Group or by creating new Purchaser Groups) or cause an existing Purchaser to increase its Commitment in connection with a corresponding increase in the Purchase Limit; provided , however , that the Commitment of any Purchaser may only be increased with the consent of such Purchaser. Each new Purchaser (or Purchaser Group) and each Purchaser increasing its Commitment shall become a party hereto or increase its Commitment, as the case may be, by executing and delivering to the Administrator and the Seller an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex C hereto (which Assumption Agreement shall, in the case of any new Purchaser or Purchasers be executed by each Person in such new Purchaser’s Purchaser Group).

(f) Each Related Committed Purchaser’s obligation hereunder shall be several, such that the failure of any Related Committed Purchaser to make a payment in connection with any purchase hereunder shall not relieve any other Related Committed Purchaser of its obligation hereunder to make payment for any Purchase. Further, in the event any Related Committed Purchaser fails to satisfy its obligation to make a purchase as required hereunder, upon receipt of notice of such failure from the Administrator (or any relevant Purchaser Agent), subject to the limitations set forth herein, the non-defaulting Related Committed Purchasers in such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Purchaser Group shall purchase the defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of the related Purchase pro rata in proportion to

 

3


their relative Commitment Percentages (determined without regard to the Commitment Percentage of the defaulting Related Committed Purchaser; it being understood that a defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of any Purchase shall be first put to the Related Committed Purchasers in such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Purchaser Group and thereafter if there are no other Related Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group or if such other Related Committed Purchasers are also defaulting Related Committed Purchasers, then such defaulting Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment Percentage of such Purchase shall be put to each other Purchaser Group ratably and applied in accordance with this paragraph (f)). Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph (f) to the contrary, no Related Committed Purchaser shall be required to make a Purchase pursuant to this paragraph for an amount which would cause (i) the aggregate Investment of such Related Committed Purchaser (after giving effect to such Purchase) to exceed its Commitment or (ii) the sum of the aggregate Investments of all Purchasers in the Purchaser Group of such Related Committed Purchaser (after giving effect to such Purchase) to exceed the sum of the Commitments of all of the Purchasers in such Purchaser Group.

Section 1.3. Purchased Interest Computation . The Purchased Interest shall be initially computed on the date of the initial Purchase hereunder. Thereafter, until the Facility Termination Date, such Purchased Interest shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each Business Day other than a Termination Day. From and after the occurrence of any Termination Day, the Purchased Interest shall (until the event(s) giving rise to such Termination Day are satisfied or are waived by the Administrator and a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) be deemed to be 100%. The Purchased Interest shall become zero when the Aggregate Investment thereof and Aggregate Discount thereon shall have been paid in full, all the amounts owed by the Seller and the Servicer hereunder to each Purchaser, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person are paid in full, and the Servicer shall have received the accrued Servicing Fee thereon.

Section 1.4. Settlement Procedures .

(a) The collection of the Pool Receivables shall be administered by the Servicer in accordance with this Agreement. The Seller shall provide to the Servicer on a timely basis all information needed for such administration, including notice of the occurrence of any Termination Day and current computations of the Purchased Interest.

(b) The Servicer shall, on each day on which Collections of Pool Receivables are received (or deemed received) by the Seller or the Servicer:

(i) set aside and hold in trust (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator if, at the time of such request, there exists an Unmatured Termination Event or a Termination Event or if the failure to so segregate reasonably could be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect) for the benefit of each Purchaser Group, out of the Purchasers’ Share of such Collections, first, an amount equal to the Aggregate

 

4


Discount accrued through such day for each Portion of Investment and not previously set aside, second, an amount equal to the fees set forth in each Purchaser Group Fee Letter accrued and unpaid through such day, and third, to the extent funds are available therefor, an amount equal to the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of the Servicing Fee accrued through such day and not previously set aside,

(ii) subject to Section 1.4(f) , if such day is not a Termination Day, remit to the Seller, ratably, on behalf of each Purchaser Group, the remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of such Collections. Such remainder shall, to the extent representing a return on the Aggregate Investment, ratably, according to each Purchaser’s Investment, be automatically reinvested in Pool Receivables, and in the Related Security, Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto; provided , howeve r, that if the Purchased Interest would exceed 100%, then the Servicer shall not reinvest, but shall set aside and hold in trust for the benefit of the Purchasers (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator if, at the time of such request, there exists an Unmatured Termination Event or a Termination Event or if the failure to so segregate reasonably could be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect) a portion of such Collections that, together with the other Collections set aside pursuant to this paragraph, shall equal the amount necessary to reduce the Purchased Interest to 100%,

(iii) if such day is a Termination Day, set aside, segregate and hold in trust (and shall, at the request of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers), segregate in a separate account approved by the Administrator) for the benefit of each Purchaser Group the entire remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of the Collections; provided, that if amounts are set aside and held in trust on any Termination Day of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Termination Day” and, thereafter, the conditions set forth in Section 2 of Exhibit II are satisfied or waived by the Administrator and a Simple Majority of the Purchasers, such previously set-aside amounts shall, to the extent representing a return on Aggregate Investment and ratably in accordance with each Purchaser’s Investment, be reinvested in accordance with clause (ii)  on the day of such subsequent satisfaction or waiver of conditions, and

(iv) release to the Seller (subject to Section 1.4(f) ) for its own account any Collections in excess of: (x) amounts required to be reinvested in accordance with clause (ii)  or the proviso to clause (iii)  plus (y) the amounts that are required to be set aside pursuant to clause (i) , the proviso to clause (ii)  and clause (iii)  plus (z) the Seller’s Share of the Servicing Fee accrued and unpaid through such day and all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Servicer for servicing, collecting and administering the Pool Receivables.

(c) The Servicer shall, in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 1.4(d) , below, deposit into each applicable Purchaser’s account (or such other account

 

5


designated by such applicable Purchaser or its Purchaser Agent), on each Settlement Date, Collections held for each Purchaser with respect to such Purchaser’s Portion(s) of Investment pursuant to clause (b)(i) or (f)  plus the amount of Collections then held for such Purchaser pursuant to clauses (b)(ii) and (iii)  of Section 1.4 ; provided , that if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is the Servicer, such day is not a Termination Day and the Administrator has not notified Worthington (or such Affiliate) that such right is revoked, (or such Affiliate) Worthington may retain the portion of the Collections set aside pursuant to clause (b)(i) that represents the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of the Servicing Fee. On or before the last day of each Yield Period with respect to any Portion of Investment, the applicable Purchaser Agent will notify the Servicer by facsimile of the amount of the Discount accrued with respect to each such Portion of Investment during the related Yield Period then ending.

(d) The Servicer shall distribute the amounts described (and at the times set forth) in Section 1.4(c) , as follows:

(i) if such distribution occurs on a day that is not a Termination Day and the Purchased Interest does not exceed 100%, first to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to the Discount accrued during such Yield Period (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of all accrued Discount and fees (other than Servicing Fees) with respect to each Portion of Investment maintained by such Purchasers; it being understood that each Purchaser Agent shall distribute such amounts to the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group ratably according to Discount, and second, if the Servicer has set aside amounts in respect of the Servicing Fee pursuant to clause (b)(i) and has not retained such amounts pursuant to clause (c) , to the Servicer’s own account (payable in arrears on each Settlement Date) in payment in full of the aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of the Purchasers’ Share of accrued Servicing Fees so set aside, and

(ii) if such distribution occurs on a Termination Day or on a day when the Purchased Interest exceeds 100%, first if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, to the Servicer’s own account in payment in full of all accrued Servicing Fees, second to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to Discount (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of all accrued Discount with respect to each Portion of Investment funded or maintained by the Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group, third to each Purchaser Agent ratably according to the aggregate of the Investment of each Purchaser in each such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group (for the benefit of the relevant Purchasers within such Purchaser Agent’s Purchaser Group) in payment in full of each Purchaser’s Investment (or, if such day is not a Termination Day, the amount necessary to reduce the Purchased Interest to 100%); it being understood that each Purchaser Agent shall distribute the amounts described in the first and second clauses of this Section 1.4(d)(ii) to the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group ratably according to Discount and Investment, respectively, fourth , if the Aggregate Investment and accrued Aggregate Discount with respect to each

 

6


Portion of Investment for all Purchaser Groups have been reduced to zero, and all accrued Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer (if other than Worthington or an Affiliate thereof) have been paid in full, to each Purchaser Group ratably (for the benefit of the Purchasers within such Purchaser Group) in accordance with its Ratable Share, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person in payment in full of any other amounts owed thereto by the Seller or Servicer hereunder and, fifth , to the Servicer’s own account (if the Servicer is Worthington or an Affiliate thereof) in payment in full of the Aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s Ratable Share of all accrued Servicing Fees.

After the Aggregate Investment, Aggregate Discount, fees payable pursuant to each Purchaser Group Fee Letter and Servicing Fees with respect to the Purchased Interest, and any other amounts payable by the Seller and the Servicer to each Purchaser Group, the Administrator or any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder, have been paid in full, all additional Collections with respect to the Purchased Interest shall be paid to the Seller for its own account.

(e) For the purposes of this Section 1.4 :

(i) if on any day the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable is reduced or adjusted as a result of any defective, rejected, returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods or services, or any revision, cancellation, allowance, discount or other adjustment made by the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer, or any setoff or dispute between the Seller or any Affiliate of the Seller, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer and an Obligor, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in the amount of such reduction or adjustment;

(ii) if on any day any of the representations or warranties in Section 1(g) or (n)  of Exhibit III is not true with respect to any Pool Receivable, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in full;

(iii) except as provided in clause (i)  or (ii) , or as otherwise required by applicable law or the relevant Contract, all Collections received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied to the Receivables of such Obligor in the order of the age of such Receivables, starting with the oldest such Receivable, unless such Obligor designates in writing its payment for application to specific Receivables; and

(iv) if and to the extent the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser shall be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor (or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official in any Insolvency Proceeding) any amount received by it hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received by such Person but rather to have been retained by the Seller and, accordingly, such Person shall have a claim against the Seller for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof.

 

7


(f) If at any time the Seller shall wish to cause the reduction of Aggregate Investment (but not to commence the liquidation, or reduction to zero, of the entire Aggregate Investment), the Seller may do so as follows:

(i) the Seller shall give the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and the Servicer (A) at least two Business Days’ prior written notice thereof for any reduction of Aggregate Investment less than or equal to $10,000,000 and (B) at least ten Business Days’ prior written notice thereof for any reduction of Aggregate Investment greater than $10,000,000 (in each case such notice shall include the amount of such proposed reduction and the proposed date on which such reduction will commence);

(ii) on the proposed date of commencement of such reduction and on each day thereafter, the Servicer shall cause Collections not to be reinvested until the amount thereof not so reinvested shall equal the desired amount of reduction; and

(iii) the Servicer shall hold such Collections in trust for the benefit of each Purchaser ratably according to its Investment, for payment to each such Purchaser (or its related Purchaser Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser) on the (i) next Settlement Date with respect to any Portions of Investment maintained by such Purchaser immediately following the related current Yield Period or (ii) such other date approved by the Administrator with at least five Business Days prior written notice to the Administrator of such payment, and the Aggregate Investment (together with the Investment of any related Purchaser) shall be deemed reduced in the amount to be paid to such Purchaser (or its related Purchaser Agent for the benefit of such Purchaser) only when in fact finally so paid;

provided , that:

(A) the amount of any such reduction shall be not less than $1,000,000 for each Purchaser Group and shall be an integral multiple of $500,000, and the entire Aggregate Investment after giving effect to such reduction shall be not less than $50,000,000 and shall be in an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (unless the Aggregate Investment shall have been reduced to zero); and

(B) with respect to any Portion of Investment, the Seller shall choose a reduction amount, and the date of commencement thereof, so that to the extent practicable such reduction shall commence and conclude in the same Yield Period.

Section 1.5. Fees . The Seller shall pay to each Purchaser Agent for the benefit of the related Purchasers certain fees in the amounts and on the dates set forth in letters, dated the date hereof, each such letter (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, a “ Purchaser Group Fee Letter ”) in each case among the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrator and the related Purchaser Agent.

 

8


Section 1.6. Payments and Computations, Etc .

(a) All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder shall be made without reduction for offset or counterclaim and shall be paid or deposited no later than noon (New York City time) on the day when due in same day funds to the applicable Purchaser’s account (as such account is identified in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter). All amounts received after noon (New York City time) will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day.

(b) The Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay interest on any amount not paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, when due hereunder, at an interest rate equal to the Base Rate, payable on demand.

(c) All computations of interest under clause (b)  and all computations of Discount, fees and other amounts hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 (or 365 or 366, as applicable, with respect to Discount or other amounts calculated by reference to the Base Rate) days for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment or deposit to be made hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment or deposit shall be made on the next Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment or deposit.

(d) Each Affected Person will notify Seller and the applicable Purchaser Agent promptly after it has received official notice of any event which will entitle such Affected Person to such additional amounts as compensation pursuant to this Section 1.7 . Such additional amounts shall accrue from the date as to which such Affected Person becomes subject to such additional costs as a result of such event (or if such notice of such event is not given to Seller by such Affected Person within 90 days after such Affected Person received such official notice of such event, from the date which is 90 days prior to the date such notice is given to Seller by such Affected Person).

Section 1.7. Increased Costs .

(a) If any Purchaser Agent, Purchaser, Liquidity Provider, the Administrator or any other Program Support Provider or any of their respective Affiliates (each an “ Affected Person ”) reasonably determines that the existence of or compliance with: (i) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof, or (ii) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement, affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Affected Person, and such Affected Person determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any commitment to make purchases of (or otherwise to maintain the investment in) Pool Receivables related to this Agreement or any related liquidity facility, credit enhancement facility or other commitments of the same type, then, upon demand by such Affected Person (with a copy to the Administrator), the Seller shall promptly pay to the Administrator, for the account of such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person in the light of such

 

9


circumstances, to the extent that such Affected Person reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of any of such commitments. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller and the Administrator by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(b) If, due to either: (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Affected Person of agreeing to purchase or purchasing, or maintaining the ownership of, the Purchased Interest or any portion thereof in respect of which Discount is computed by reference to the Euro-Rate, then, upon demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall promptly pay to such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person for such increased costs. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller and the Administrator by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(c) If such increased costs affect the related Affected Person’s portfolio of financing transactions, such Affected Person shall use reasonable averaging and attribution methods to allocate such increased costs to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 1.8. Requirements of Law .

If any Affected Person reasonably determines that the existence of or compliance with: (a) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof, or (b) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement:

(i) does or shall subject such Affected Person to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any increase in the Purchased Interest or any portion thereof or in the amount of such Person’s Investment relating thereto, or does or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to such Affected Person on account of Collections, Discount or any other amounts payable hereunder (excluding taxes imposed on the overall pre-tax net income of such Affected Person, and franchise taxes imposed on such Affected Person, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Affected Person is organized or a political subdivision thereof),

(ii) does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, purchases, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Person that are not otherwise included in the determination of the Euro-Rate or the Base Rate hereunder, or

 

10


(iii) does or shall impose on such Affected Person any other condition,

and the result of any of the foregoing is: (A) to increase the cost to such Affected Person of acting as Administrator or as a Purchaser Agent, or of agreeing to purchase or purchasing or maintaining the ownership of undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Purchased Interest (or interests therein) or any Portion of Investment, or (B) to reduce any amount receivable hereunder (whether directly or indirectly), then, in any such case, upon demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall promptly pay to such Affected Person additional amounts necessary to compensate such Affected Person for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable. All such amounts shall be payable as incurred. A certificate from such Affected Person to the Seller and the Administrator certifying, in reasonably specific detail, the basis for, calculation of, and amount of such additional costs or reduced amount receivable shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error; provided , however , that no Affected Person shall be required to disclose any confidential or tax planning information in any such certificate.

Section 1.9. Inability to Determine Euro-Rate . (a) If the Administrator (or any Purchaser Agent) determines before the first day of any Yield Period (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar market generally, deposits in dollars (in the relevant amounts for such Yield Period) are not being offered to banks in the interbank eurodollar market for such Yield Period, or adequate means do not exist for ascertaining the Euro-Rate for such Yield Period, then the Administrator shall give notice thereof to the Seller. Thereafter, until the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent notifies the Seller that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, (a) no Portion of Investment shall be funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate and (b) the Discount for any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate shall, on the last day of the then current Yield Period, be converted to the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

(b) If, on or before the first day of any Yield Period, the Administrator shall have been notified by any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent or Liquidity Provider that, such Person has determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that, any enactment, promulgation or adoption of or any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by a governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by such Person with any guideline, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for such Person to fund or maintain any Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate, the Administrator shall notify the Seller thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, until the Administrator notifies the Seller that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer apply, (a) no Portion of Investment shall be funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate and (b) the Discount for any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate shall be converted to the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Base Rate either (i) on the last day of the then current Yield Period if such Person may

 

11


lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate to such day, or (ii) immediately, if such Person may not lawfully continue to maintain such Portion of Investment at the Yield Rate determined by reference to the Euro-Rate to such day.

Section 1.10. [Reserved] .

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS;

TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties; Covenants . Each of the Seller, Worthington and the Servicer hereby makes the representations and warranties, and hereby agrees to perform and observe the covenants, applicable to it set forth in Exhibits III and IV , respectively.

Section 2.2. Termination Events . If any of the Termination Events set forth in Exhibit V shall occur, the Administrator may (with the consent of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) or shall (at the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers), by notice to the Seller, declare the Facility Termination Date to have occurred (in which case the Facility Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred); provided , that automatically upon the occurrence of any event (without any requirement for the passage of time or the giving of notice) described in paragraph (f)  of Exhibit V , the Facility Termination Date shall occur. Upon any such declaration, occurrence or deemed occurrence of the Facility Termination Date, the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies that they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the New York UCC and under other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

ARTICLE III

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.1. Indemnities by the Seller . Without limiting any other rights that the any Purchaser Agent, Purchaser, Liquidity Provider, the Administrator or any Program Support Provider or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, officers, directors, agents, counsel, successors, transferees or assigns (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, damages, expenses, costs, losses and liabilities (including Attorney Costs) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Indemnified Amounts ”) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (whether directly or indirectly), the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments, the ownership of the Purchased Interest, or any interest therein, or in respect of any Receivable, Related Security or Contract, excluding, however: (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party or its officers, directors, agents or counsel, (b) recourse with respect to any Receivable to the extent that such Receivable is uncollectible

 

12


on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of credit worthiness of the related Obligor, or (c) any overall net income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or any political subdivision thereof. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, and subject to the exclusions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Seller shall pay on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by documentation of the Indemnified Amounts, in reasonable detail) to each Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following:

(i) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable, the failure of any information contained in an Information Package to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to such Indemnified Party by the Seller or Servicer with respect to Receivables or this Agreement to be true and correct,

(ii) the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Seller (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made in all respects when made,

(iii) the failure by the Seller to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract, or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such applicable law, rule or regulation,

(iv) the failure to vest in the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) a valid and enforceable: (A) perfected undivided percentage ownership interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, in the Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, or (B) first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, in each case, free and clear of any Adverse Claim,

(v) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, whether at the time of any purchase or reinvestment or at any subsequent time,

(vi) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool (including a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of the goods or services related to such Receivable

 

13


or the furnishing or failure to furnish such goods or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable,

(vii) any failure of the Seller, any Affiliate of the Seller or the Servicer to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or under the Contracts,

(viii) any products liability or other claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Contract,

(ix) the commingling of Collections at any time with other funds,

(x) the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments, or

(xi) any reduction in the Aggregate Investment as a result of the distribution of Collections pursuant to Section 1.4(d) , if all or a portion of such distributions shall thereafter be rescinded or otherwise must be returned for any reason.

Section 3.2. Indemnities by the Servicer . Without limiting any other rights that any Indemnified Party may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts arising out of or resulting from (whether directly or indirectly): (a) the failure of any information contained in an Information Package to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to such Indemnified Party by, or on behalf of, the Servicer to be true and correct, (b) the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made in all respects when made, (c) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract, (d) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool resulting from or related to the collection activities with respect to such Receivable, (e) any failure of the Servicer to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, (f) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the other Pool Assets, whether at the time of any purchase or reinvestment or at any subsequent time, or (g) any commingling by the Servicer of Collections at any time with other funds.

 

14


ARTICLE IV

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS

Section 4.1. Appointment of the Servicer .

(a) The servicing, administering and collection of the Pool Receivables shall be conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as the Servicer in accordance with this Section. Until the Administrator gives notice to Worthington (in accordance with this Section 4.1 ) of the designation of a new Servicer, Worthington is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Administrator may (with the consent of the Majority Purchasers) or shall (at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) designate as Servicer any Person (including itself) to succeed Worthington or any successor Servicer, on the condition in each case that any such Person so designated shall agree to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b) Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set forth in clause (a) , Worthington agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that the Administrator determines will facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and Worthington shall cooperate with and assist such new Servicer. Such cooperation shall include access to and transfer of related records (including all Contracts) and use by the new Servicer of all licenses, hardware or software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security.

(c) Worthington acknowledges that, in making their decision to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Administrator and each Purchaser Group have relied on Worthington’s agreement to act as Servicer hereunder. Accordingly, Worthington agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as Servicer without the consent of the Majority Purchasers.

(d) The Servicer may delegate its duties and obligations hereunder to any subservicer (each a “ Sub-Servicer ”); provided , that, in each such delegation: (i) such Sub-Servicer shall agree in writing to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Servicer shall remain primarily liable for the performance of the duties and obligations so delegated, (iii) the Seller, the Administrator and each Purchaser Group shall have the right to look solely to the Servicer for performance, and (iv) the terms of any agreement with any Sub-Servicer shall provide that the Administrator may terminate such agreement upon the termination of the Servicer hereunder by giving notice of its desire to terminate such agreement to the Servicer (and the Servicer shall provide appropriate notice to each such Sub-Servicer); provided , however , that if any such delegation is to any Person other than an Originator or an Affiliate thereof, the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented in writing in advance to such delegation.

Section 4.2. Duties of the Servicer .

(a) The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such action as may be necessary or advisable to administer and collect each Pool Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with this Agreement and all applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policies. The Servicer shall set aside, for the account of each Purchaser Group, the amount of the

 

15


Collections to which each such Purchaser Group is entitled in accordance with Article I . The Servicer may, in accordance with the applicable Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of any Pool Receivable (but not beyond 30 days) and extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance of any Defaulted Receivable as the Servicer may determine to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided , however , that: (i) such extension shall not change the number of days such Pool Receivable has remained unpaid from the date of the original due date related to such Pool Receivable, (ii) such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Pool Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable or limit the rights of the Administrator or any Purchaser Group under this Agreement and (iii) if a Termination Event has occurred and Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is serving as the Servicer, Worthington or such Affiliate may make such extension or adjustment only upon the prior approval of the Administrator (with the consent of the Majority Purchasers). The Seller shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold for the benefit of the Seller and the Administrator (individually and for the benefit of each Purchaser Group), in accordance with their respective interests, all records and documents (including computer tapes or disks) with respect to each Pool Receivable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrator may direct the Servicer (whether the Servicer is Worthington or any other Person) to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Pool Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security; provided , however , that no such direction may be given unless either: (A) a Termination Event has occurred or (B) the Administrator believes in good faith that failure to commence, settle or effect such legal action, foreclosure or repossession could adversely affect Receivables constituting a material portion of the Pool Receivables.

(b) The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following actual receipt of collected funds, turn over to the Seller the collections of any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, less, if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Servicer of servicing, collecting and administering such collections. The Servicer, if other than Worthington or an Affiliate thereof, shall, as soon as practicable upon demand, deliver to the Seller all records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, and copies of records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is a Pool Receivable.

(c) The Servicer’s obligations hereunder shall terminate on the later of: (i) the Facility Termination Date and (ii) the date on which all amounts required to be paid to the Purchaser Agents, each Purchaser, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder shall have been paid in full.

After such termination, if Worthington or an Affiliate thereof was not the Servicer on the date of such termination, the Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Seller all books, records and related materials that the Seller previously provided to the Servicer, or that have been obtained by the Servicer, in connection with this Agreement.

Section 4.3. Lock-Box Account Arrangements . Within 30 days from the initial purchase hereunder, the Seller shall have entered into Lock-Box Agreements with all of

 

16


the Lock-Box Banks and delivered original counterparts of each to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Administrator may (with the consent of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) or shall (upon the direction of a Simple Majority of the Purchasers) at any time thereafter give notice to each Lock-Box Bank that the Administrator is exercising its rights under the Lock-Box Agreements to do any or all of the following: (a) to have the exclusive ownership and control of the Lock-Box Accounts transferred to the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) and to exercise exclusive dominion and control over the funds deposited therein, (b) to have the proceeds that are sent to the respective Lock-Box Accounts redirected pursuant to the Administrator’s instructions rather than deposited in the applicable Lock-Box Account, and (c) to take any or all other actions permitted under the applicable Lock-Box Agreement. The Seller hereby agrees that if the Administrator at any time takes any action set forth in the preceding sentence, the Administrator shall have exclusive control (for the benefit of the Purchasers) of the proceeds (including Collections) of all Pool Receivables and the Seller hereby further agrees to take any other action that the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request to transfer such control. Any proceeds of Pool Receivables received by the Seller or the Servicer thereafter shall be sent immediately to the Administrator. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that if at any time the Administrator takes control of any Lock-Box Account, the Administrator shall not have any rights to the funds therein in excess of the unpaid amounts due to the Administrator, the Purchaser Groups, any Indemnified Party or any other Person hereunder, and the Administrator shall distribute or cause to be distributed such funds in accordance with Section 4.2(b) and Article I (in each case as if such funds were held by the Servicer thereunder).

Section 4.4. Enforcement Rights .

(a) At any time following the occurrence of a Termination Event:

(i) the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) direct the Obligors that payment of all amounts payable under any Pool Receivable is to be made directly to the Administrator or its designee,

(ii) the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) instruct the Seller or the Servicer to give notice of the Purchaser Groups’ interest in Pool Receivables to each Obligor, which notice shall direct that payments be made directly to the Administrator or its designee (on behalf of such Purchaser Groups), and the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give such notice at the expense of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be; provided , that if the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, fails to so notify each Obligor, the Administrator (at the Seller’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, expense) may so notify the Obligors, and

(iii) the Administrator may (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) request the Servicer to, and upon such request the Servicer shall: (A) assemble all of the records necessary or desirable to collect the Pool

 

17


Receivables and the Related Security, and transfer or license to a successor Servicer the use of all software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and make the same available to the Administrator or its designee (for the benefit of the Purchasers) at a place selected by the Administrator, and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections in a manner acceptable to the Administrator and, promptly upon receipt, remit all such cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Administrator or its designee.

(b) The Seller hereby authorizes the Administrator (on behalf of each Purchaser Group), and irrevocably appoints the Administrator as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Seller, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Seller and on behalf of the Seller necessary or desirable, in the determination of the Administrator, after the occurrence of a Termination Event, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Pool Assets, including endorsing the name of the Seller on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Pool Assets. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

Section 4.5. Responsibilities of the Seller .

(a) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Seller shall: (i) perform all of its obligations, if any, under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables to the same extent as if interests in such Pool Receivables had not been transferred hereunder, and the exercise by the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents or the Purchasers of their respective rights hereunder shall not relieve the Seller from such obligations, and (ii) pay when due any taxes, including any sales taxes payable in connection with the Pool Receivables and their creation and satisfaction. The Administrator, the Purchaser Agents or any of the Purchasers shall not have any obligation or liability with respect to any Pool Asset, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Seller, Servicer, Worthington or the Originators thereunder.

(b) Worthington hereby irrevocably agrees that if at any time it shall cease to be the Servicer hereunder, it shall act (if the then-current Servicer so requests) as the data-processing agent of the Servicer and, in such capacity, Worthington shall conduct the data-processing functions of the administration of the Receivables and the Collections thereon in substantially the same way that Worthington conducted such data-processing functions while it acted as the Servicer.

Section 4.6. Servicing Fee . (a) Subject to clause (b) , the Servicer shall be paid a fee (the “ Servicing Fee ”) equal to 1.00%  per annum of the daily average aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Pool Receivables. The Aggregate of each Purchaser Group’s

 

18


Ratable Share of such fee shall be paid through the distributions contemplated by Section 1.4(d) , and the Seller’s Share of the Purchasers’ Share of such fee shall be paid by the Seller.

(b) If the Servicer ceases to be Worthington or an Affiliate thereof, the servicing fee shall be the greater of: (i) the amount calculated pursuant to clause (a) , and (ii) an alternative amount specified by the successor Servicer not to exceed 110% of the aggregate reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such successor Servicer in connection with the performance of its obligations as Servicer.

ARTICLE V

THE AGENTS

Section 5.1. Appointment and Authorization . (a) Each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent hereby irrevocably designates and appoints PNC as the “Administrator” hereunder and authorizes the Administrator to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrator hereby and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrator shall hold, in its name, for the benefit of each Purchaser, ratably, the Purchased Interest. The Administrator shall not have any duties other than those expressly set forth herein or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent, and no implied obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement, or otherwise exist, against the Administrator. The Administrator does not assume, nor shall it be deemed to have assumed, any obligation to, or relationship of trust or agency with, the Seller or Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, in no event shall the Administrator ever be required to take any action which exposes the Administrator to personal liability or which is contrary to the provision of any Transaction Document or applicable law.

(b) Each Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the respective institution identified as the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser’s Purchaser Group on the signature pages hereto or in the Assumption Agreement or Transfer Supplement pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto, and each authorizes such Purchaser Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Purchaser Agent by the terms of this Agreement, if any, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Purchaser Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or other Purchaser Agent or the Administrator, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Purchaser Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against such Purchaser Agent.

(c) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Article V are solely for the benefit of the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator and the Purchasers, and none of the Seller or Servicer shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions of this Article V ,

 

19


except that this Article V shall not affect any obligations which any Purchaser Agent, the Administrator or any Purchaser may have to the Seller or the Servicer under the other provisions of this Agreement. Furthermore, no Purchaser shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions hereof in respect of a Purchaser Agent which is not the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser.

(d) In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Administrator shall act solely as the agent of the Purchasers and the Purchaser Agents and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller or Servicer or any of their successors and assigns. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Purchaser Agent shall act solely as the agent of its respective Purchaser and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller, the Servicer, any other Purchaser, any other Purchaser Agent or the Administrator, or any of their respective successors and assigns.

Section 5.2. Delegation of Duties . The Administrator may execute any of its duties through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrator shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 5.3. Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator or any of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted (i) with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group that have a majority of the aggregate Commitment of such Purchaser Group) or (ii) in the absence of such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrator shall not be responsible to any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent or other Person for (i) any recitals, representations, warranties or other statements made by the Seller, Servicer, or any of their Affiliates, (ii) the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Transaction Document, (iii) any failure of the Seller, any Originator or any of their Affiliates to perform any obligation or (iv) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Exhibit II . The Administrator shall not have any obligation to any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent to ascertain or inquire about the observance or performance of any agreement contained in any Transaction Document or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller, Servicer, Originator or any of their Affiliates.

Section 5.4. Reliance by Agents . (a) Each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or other writing or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Seller), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrator. Each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchasers within its Purchaser Group that have a majority of the aggregate Commitment of such Purchaser Group), and assurance of its indemnification, as it deems appropriate.

 

20


(b) The Administrator shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Purchasers or the Purchaser Agents, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Purchasers, the Administrator and Purchaser Agents.

(c) The Purchasers within each Purchaser Group with a majority of the Commitment of such Purchaser Group shall be entitled to request or direct the related Purchaser Agent to take action, or refrain from taking action, under this Agreement on behalf of such Purchasers. Such Purchaser Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of such majority Purchasers, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of such Purchaser Agent’s Purchasers.

(d) Unless otherwise advised in writing by a Purchaser Agent or by any Purchaser on whose behalf such Purchaser Agent is purportedly acting, each party to this Agreement may assume that (i) such Purchaser Agent is acting for the benefit of each of the Purchasers in respect of which such Purchaser Agent is identified as being the “Purchaser Agent” in the definition of “Purchaser Agent” hereto, as well as for the benefit of each assignee or other transferee from any such Person, and (ii) each action taken by such Purchaser Agent has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of the Purchasers on whose behalf it is purportedly acting. Each Purchaser Agent and its Purchaser(s) shall agree amongst themselves as to the circumstances and procedures for removal, resignation and replacement of such Purchaser Agent.

Section 5.5. Notice of Termination Events . Neither any Purchaser Agent nor the Administrator shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event unless such Administrator has received notice from any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Servicer or the Seller stating that a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred hereunder and describing such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event. In the event that the Administrator receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to each Purchaser Agent whereupon each such Purchaser Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to its Purchasers. In the event that a Purchaser Agent receives such a notice (other than from the Administrator), it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Administrator. The Administrator shall take such action concerning a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event as may be directed by the Majority Purchasers unless such action otherwise requires the consent of all Purchasers), but until the Administrator receives such directions, the Administrator may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Administrator deems advisable and in the best interests of the Purchasers and Purchaser Agents.

 

21


Section 5.6. Non-Reliance on Administrator, Purchaser Agents and Other Purchasers . Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that none of the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrator, or any Purchaser Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or any Originator, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent, as applicable. Each Purchaser represents and warrants to the Administrator and the Purchaser Agents that, independently and without reliance upon the Administrator, Purchaser Agents or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will continue to make its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or the Originators, and the Receivables and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit, action under any Transaction Document. Except for items specifically required to be delivered hereunder, the Administrator shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser Agent with any information concerning the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or the Originators or any of their Affiliates that comes into the possession of the Administrator or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

Section 5.7. Administrators and Affiliates . Each of the Purchasers and the Administrator and their Affiliates may extend credit to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, debt, equity or other business with the Seller, Worthington, Servicer or any Originator or any of their Affiliates and PNC may exercise or refrain from exercising its rights and powers as if it were not the Administrator. With respect to the acquisition of the Eligible Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, each of the Purchaser Agents and the Administrator shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not such an agent, and the terms “Purchaser” and “Purchasers” shall include each of the Purchaser Agents and the Administrator in their individual capacities.

Section 5.8. Indemnification . Each Purchaser Group shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator (but solely in its capacity as Administrator) and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller, Worthington or Servicer and without limiting the obligation of the Seller, Worthington or Servicer to do so), ratably in accordance with its Ratable Share from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including in connection with any investigative or threatened proceeding, whether or not the Administrator or such Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrator or such Person as a result of, or related to, any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection therewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the

 

22


Administrator or such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction); provided , that in the case of each Purchaser that is a commercial paper conduit, such indemnity shall be provided solely to the extent of amounts received by such Purchaser under this Agreement which exceed the amounts required to repay such Purchaser’s outstanding Notes. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.8 to the contrary, each of the Administrator, each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Conduit Purchaser any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and a day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Conduit Purchaser is paid in full.

Section 5.9. Successor Administrator . The Administrator may, upon at least five (5) days notice to the Seller and each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent, resign as Administrator. Such resignation shall not become effective until a successor agent is appointed by the Majority Purchasers and has accepted such appointment. Upon such acceptance of its appointment as Administrator hereunder by a successor Administrator, such successor Administrator shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Administrator, and the retiring Administrator shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Transaction Documents. After any retiring Administrator’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrator.

ARTICLE VI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1. Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or consent to any departure by the Seller or the Servicer therefrom, shall be effective unless in a writing signed by the Administrator and each of the Majority Purchasers, and, in the case of any amendment, by the other parties thereto; and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that, if required by any Conduit Purchaser, no such material amendment shall be effective until both Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s have notified the related Purchaser Agent in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any Notes; provided , further that no such amendment or waiver shall, without the consent of each affected Purchaser, (A) extend the date of any payment or deposit of Collections by the Seller or the Servicer, (B) reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of Yield, (C) reduce any fees payable to the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser pursuant to the applicable Purchaser Group Fee Letter, (D) change the amount of Investment of any Purchaser, any Purchaser’s pro rata share of the Purchased Interest or any Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment, (E) amend, modify or waive any provision of the definition of “Majority Purchaser” or this Section 6.1 , (F) consent to or permit the assignment or transfer by the Seller of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, (G) change the definition of “Concentration Percentage,” “Concentration Reserve,” “Concentration Reserve Percentage,” “Eligible

 

23


Receivable,” “Loss Reserve,” “Loss Reserve Percentage,” “Dilution Reserve,” “Dilution Reserve Percentage,” “Termination Event,” “Total Reserve,” “Yield Reserve,” or “Yield Reserve Percentage”, (H) amend or modify any defined term (or any defined term used directly or indirectly in such defined term) used in clauses (A) through (G) above in a manner that would circumvent the intention of the restrictions set forth in such clauses, or (I) otherwise materially and adversely affect the rights of any such Purchaser hereunder. No failure on the part of the Purchasers or the Administrator to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

Section 6.2. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and be sent or delivered to each party hereto at its address set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof (or in any Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a party hereto) or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile shall be effective when sent (and shall be followed by hard copy sent by first class mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

Section 6.3. Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments .

(a) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Seller may not assign or transfer any of its rights or delegate any of its duties hereunder or under any Transaction Document without the prior consent of the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents and the Purchasers.

(b) Participations . Any Purchaser may sell to one or more Persons (each a “ Participant ”) participating interests in the interests of such Purchaser hereunder; provided, however, that no Purchaser shall grant any participation under which the Participant shall have rights to approve any amendment to or waiver of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Such Purchaser shall remain solely responsible for performing its obligations hereunder, and the Seller, each Purchaser Agent and the Administrator shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Purchaser in connection with such Purchaser’s rights and obligations hereunder. A Purchaser shall not agree with a Participant to restrict such Purchaser’s right to agree to any amendment hereto, except amendments that require the consent of all Purchasers.

(c) Assignments by Certain Related Committed Purchasers . Any Related Committed Purchaser may assign to one or more Persons (each a “ Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser ”), reasonably acceptable to the related Purchaser Agent in its sole discretion, any portion of its Commitment pursuant to a supplement hereto, substantially in the form of Annex D with any changes as have been approved by the parties thereto (a “ Transfer Supplement ”), executed by each such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser, such selling Related Committed Purchaser, such related Purchaser Agent.

 

24


Any such assignment by Related Committed Purchaser cannot be for an amount less than $10,000,000. Upon (i) the execution of the Transfer Supplement, (ii) delivery of an executed copy thereof to the Seller, such related Purchaser Agent and the Administrator and (iii) payment by the Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser to the selling Related Committed Purchaser of the agreed purchase price, such selling Related Committed Purchaser shall be released from its obligations hereunder to the extent of such assignment and such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser shall for all purposes be a Related Committed Purchaser party hereto and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Related Committed Purchaser hereunder to the same extent as if it were an original party hereto. The amount of the Commitment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser allocable to such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser shall be equal to the amount of the Commitment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser transferred regardless of the purchase price paid therefor. The Transfer Supplement shall be an amendment hereof only to the extent necessary to reflect the addition of such Purchasing Related Committed Purchaser as a “Related Committed Purchaser” and any resulting adjustment of the selling Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment.

(d) Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser . If any Related Committed Purchaser (a “ Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser ”) shall (i) petition the Seller for any amounts under Section 1.7 or 1.8 or (ii) cease to have a short-term debt rating of “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” by Moody’s (if such a rating is required by the related Purchaser’s securitization program), the related Purchaser Agent or the Administrator may designate a replacement financial institution (a “ Replacement Related Committed Purchaser ”), to which such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser shall, subject to its receipt of an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding principal balance of its Investment and accrued and unpaid Discount thereon (and, if applicable, its receipt (unless a later date for the remittance thereof shall be agreed upon by the Seller and such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser) of all amounts claimed under Section 1.7 and/or 1.8 ) promptly assign all of its rights, obligations and Commitment hereunder, together with all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Interest allocable to it, to the Replacement Related Committed Purchaser in accordance with Section 6.3(c) , above. Once such assignment becomes effective, the Replacement Related Committed Purchaser shall be deemed to be a “Related Committed Purchaser” for all purposes hereof and such Replaceable Related Committed Purchaser shall cease to be “Related Committed Purchaser” for all purposes hereof and shall have no further rights or obligations hereunder.

(e) Assignment by Conduit Purchasers . Each party hereto agrees and consents (i) to any Conduit Purchaser’s assignment, participation, grant of security interests in or other transfers of any portion of, or any of its beneficial interest in, the Purchased Interest (or portion thereof), including without limitation to any collateral agent in connection with its commercial paper program and (ii) to the complete assignment by any Conduit Purchaser of all of its rights and obligations hereunder to any other Person, and upon such assignment such Conduit Purchaser shall be released from all obligations and duties, if any, hereunder; provided, however, that such Conduit Purchaser may not, without the prior consent of its Related Committed Purchasers, make any such transfer of its rights hereunder unless the assignee (i) is principally engaged in

 

25


the purchase of assets similar to the assets being purchased hereunder, (ii) has as its Purchaser Agent the Purchaser Agent of the assigning Conduit Purchaser and (iii) issues commercial paper or other Notes with credit ratings substantially comparable to the ratings of the assigning Conduit Purchaser. Any assigning Conduit Purchaser shall deliver to any assignee a supplement hereto, substantially in the form of Annex D with any changes as have been approved by the parties thereto (also, a “ Transfer Supplement ”), duly executed by such Conduit Purchaser, assigning any portion of its interest in the Purchased Interest to its assignee. Such Conduit Purchaser shall promptly (i) notify each of the other parties hereto of such assignment and (ii) take all further action that the assignee reasonably requests in order to evidence the assignee’s right, title and interest in such interest in the Purchased Interest and to enable the assignee to exercise or enforce any rights of such Conduit Purchaser hereunder. Upon the assignment of any portion of its interest in the Purchased Interest, the assignee shall have all of the rights hereunder with respect to such interest (except that the Discount therefor shall thereafter accrue at the rate, determined with respect to the assigning Conduit Purchaser unless the Seller, the related Purchaser Agent and the assignee shall have agreed upon a different Discount).

(f) Opinions of Counsel . If required by the Administrator or the applicable Purchaser Agent or to maintain the ratings of any Conduit Purchaser, each Transfer Supplement must be accompanied by an opinion of counsel of the assignee as to such matters as the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent may reasonably request.

Section 6.4. Costs, Expenses and Taxes . In addition to the rights of indemnification granted under Section 3.1 , the Seller agrees to pay on demand (which demand shall be accompanied by documentation thereof in reasonable detail) all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration (including periodic internal audits by the Administrator of Pool Receivables) of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder (and all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of any thereof), including: (i) Attorney Costs for the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and (ii) all reasonable costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs), if any, of the Administrator, each Purchaser Group and their respective Affiliates and agents in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(a) In addition, the Seller shall pay on demand any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement or the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save each Indemnified Party harmless from and against any liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees.

 

26


Section 6.5. No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments . Each of the Seller, Worthington, the Servicer, the Administrator, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, each assignee of the Purchased Interest or any interest therein, and each Person that enters into a commitment to purchase the Purchased Interest or interests therein, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Conduit Purchaser any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Conduit Purchaser is paid in full. The provision of this Section 6.5 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.6. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING FOR SUCH PURPOSE SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK) EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF A SECURITY INTEREST OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT OF ANY PARTICULAR COLLATERAL ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK; AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH SERVICE MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

Section 6.7. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 6.8. Survival of Termination . The provisions of Sections 1.7 , 1.8 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.9 and 6.14 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

27


Section 6.9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING THAT SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 6.10. Sharing of Recoveries . Each Purchaser agrees that if it receives any recovery, through set-off, judicial action or otherwise, on any amount payable or recoverable hereunder in a greater proportion than should have been received hereunder or otherwise inconsistent with the provisions hereof, then the recipient of such recovery shall purchase for cash an interest in amounts owing to the other Purchasers (as return of Investment or otherwise), without representation or warranty except for the representation and warranty that such interest is being sold by each such other Purchaser free and clear of any Adverse Claim created or granted by such other Purchaser, in the amount necessary to create proportional participation by the Purchaser in such recovery. If all or any portion of such amount is thereafter recovered from the recipient, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

Section 6.11. Right of Setoff . During a Termination Event, each Purchaser is hereby authorized (in addition to any other rights it may have) to setoff, appropriate and apply (without presentment, demand, protest or other notice which are hereby expressly waived) any deposits and any other indebtedness held or owing by such Purchaser (including by any branches or agencies of such Purchaser) to, or for the account of, the Seller against amounts owing by the Seller hereunder (even if contingent or unmatured).

Section 6.12. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 6.13. Headings . The captions and headings of this Agreement and any Exhibit, Schedule or Annex hereto are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof or thereof.

 

28


Section 6.14. Purchaser Groups’ Liabilities . The obligations of each Purchaser Agent and each Purchaser under the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Person. Except with respect to any claim arising out of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser, no claim may be made by the Seller or the Servicer or any other Person against the Administrator, any Purchaser Agent or any Purchaser or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each of Seller and Servicer hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

WORTHINGTON RECEIVABLES CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address:
 

Worthington Receivables Corporation

1205 Dearborn Drive

Columbus, Ohio 43085

 

Attention: Randal I. Rombeiro

Telephone: (614) 840-3574

Facsimile: (614) 438-7508

WORTHINGTON INDUSTRIES, INC., as Servicer

By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  Address:
 

Worthington Industries, Inc.

1205 Dearborn Drive

Columbus, Ohio 43085

 

Attention: Randal I. Rombeiro

Telephone: (614) 840-3574

Facsimile: (614) 438-7508

 

S-1


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrator
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

  Address:
   

PNC Bank, National Association

One PNC Plaza

249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

 

Attention: John Smathers

Telephone No.: (412) 762-6440

Facsimile No.: (412) 762-9184

 

S-2


PURCHASERS:

 

MARKET STREET FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

  Address:
   

Market Street Funding Corporation

c/o AMACAR Group, L.L.C.

6525 Morrison Blvd., Suite 318

Charlotte, North Carolina 28211

 

Attention: Douglas K. Johnson

Telephone No.: (704) 365-0569

Facsimile No.: (704) 365-1362

 

With a copy to:
   

PNC Bank, National Association

One PNC Plaza

249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

 

Attention: John Smathers

Telephone No.: (412) 762-6440

Facsimile No.: (412) 762-9184

 

Commitment $ 100,000.000 100,000,000

 

S-3


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as a Purchaser Agent
By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

  Address:
 

PNC Bank, National Association

One PNC Plaza

249 Fifth Avenue

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707

 

Attention: John Smathers

Telephone No.: (412) 762-6440

Facsimile No.: (412) 762-9184

 

S-4


EXHIBIT I

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Agreement (including its Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes), the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). Unless otherwise indicated, all Section, Annex, Exhibit and Schedule references in this Exhibit are to Sections of and Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules to the Agreement.

Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Administrator’s Account ” means the account (account number 1002422076 ABA 043000096) of the Administrator maintained at the office of PNC at One PNC Plaza, 249 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15222-2707, or such other account as may be so designated in writing by the Administrator to the Servicer.

Adverse Claim ” means a lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance, or any other type of preferential arrangement; it being understood that any thereof in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers ) shall not constitute an Adverse Claim.

Affected Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7 of the Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person: (a) any Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or (b) who is a director or officer: (i) of such Person or (ii) of any Person described in clause (a) , except that, in the case of each Conduit Purchaser, Affiliate shall mean the holder of its capital stock. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect: (x) to vote 25% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person, or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, in either case whether by ownership of securities, contract, proxy or otherwise.

Aggregate Discount ” at any time, means the sum of the aggregate for each Purchaser of the accrued and unpaid Discount with respect to each such Purchaser’s Investment at such time.

Aggregate Investment ” means the amount paid to the Seller in respect of the Purchased Interest or portion thereof by each Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, as reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Aggregate Investment pursuant to Section 1.4(d) of the Agreement; provided , that if such Aggregate Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution, and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Aggregate Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Assumption Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form set forth in Annex C to the Agreement.

 

l-1


Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time.

Base Rate ” means, for any day, (i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including Market Street, the Market Street Base Rate and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, shall mean the rate set forth as the Base Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

BBA ” means the British Bankers’ Association.

Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA in respect of which the Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate is, or at any time during the immediately preceding six years was, an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Business Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which: (a) banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City, New York or Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and (b) if this definition of “Business Day” is utilized in connection with the Euro-Rate, dealings are carried out in the London interbank market.

Change in Control ” means (i) with respect to Seller, that at any time Worthington shall fail to own, directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 100% of the shares of outstanding voting stock of the Seller on a fully diluted basis, (ii) with respect to any Originator, that at any time Worthington shall fail to own, directly or indirectly through one or more wholly-owned Subsidiaries free and clear of any Adverse Claim, 100% of the share of outstanding voting stock of such Originator on a fully diluted basis, and (iii) with respect to Worthington, the acquisition by any Person or its Affiliates (other than John H. McConnell, John P. McConnell, their Affiliates or a group in which the foregoing are a principal participant) of 20% or more of the stock (or equivalent ownership or controlling interest) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of Worthington (irrespective of whether or not at the time the stock of any class or classes of Worthington will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening or any contingency).

Closing Date ” means November 30, 2000.

Collections ” means, with respect to any Pool Receivable: (a) all funds that are received by any Originator, Worthington, the Seller or the Servicer in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including purchase price, finance charges, interest and all other charges), or that are applied to amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Pool Receivable and available to be applied thereon), (b) all amounts deemed to have been received pursuant to Section 1.4(e) of the Agreement and (c) all other proceeds of such Pool Receivable.

 

l-2


Commitment ” means, with respect to each Related Committed Purchaser, the maximum amount which such Purchaser is obligated to pay hereunder on account of any Purchase, as set forth below its signature to this Agreement or in the Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a Purchaser, as such amount may be modified in connection with any subsequent assignment pursuant to Section 6.3(c) or in connection with a change in the Purchase Limit pursuant to Section 1.1(b) .

Commitment Percentage ” means, for each Related Committed Purchaser in a Purchaser Group, such Related Committed Purchaser’s Commitment divided by the total of all Commitments of all Related Committed Purchasers in such Purchaser Group.

Company Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Concentration Percentage ” means any Obligor which is (i) a Group A Obligor, 16.0%, (ii) a Group B Obligor, 12.0%, (iii) a Group C Obligor, 8.0%, or (iv) a Group D Obligor, 4.0%.

Concentration Reserve ” means, on any day, an amount equal to: (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Concentration Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Concentration Reserve Percentage on such date.

Concentration Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, the quotient of (i) the greatest of (a) the largest aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables of any single Group A Obligor or Group B Obligor, (b) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any two Group C B Obligors or , (c) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any four three Group C Obligors or (d) the sum of the largest aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables of any five Group D Obligors, divided by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, on such date.

Conduit Purchasers ” means each commercial paper conduit that is a party to the Agreement, as a purchaser, or that becomes a party to the Agreement, as a purchaser pursuant to an Assumption Agreement.

Contract ” means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all contracts, instruments, agreements, leases, invoices, notes or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or that evidence such Receivable or under which an Obligor becomes or is obligated to make payment in respect of such Receivable.

CP Rate ” for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment (i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including Market Street, means the Market Street CP Rate, and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, shall mean the rate set forth as the CP Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

Credit and Collection Policy ” means, as the context may require, those receivables credit and collection policies and practices of each Originator and of Worthington in effect on the date of the Agreement and described in Schedule I to the Agreement, as modified in compliance with the Agreement.

 

l-3


Current Days’ Sales Outstanding ” means, for any calendar month, an amount computed as of the last day of such calendar month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that are not passed their respective due date as of the last day of most recent three calendar months divided by (b)(i) the average of the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during most recent three calendar months divided by (ii) 90.

Cut-off Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Sale Agreement.

Debt ” means: (a) indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (d) obligations as lessee under leases that shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases, and (e) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (a)  through (d) .

Default Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such month excluding Ineligible Elimination Amounts, by (b)(i) at all times during which the Current Days’ Sales Outstanding is less than or equal to 40, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the month that is five months before such month and (ii) at all other times, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the month that is six months before such month.

Defaulted Receivable ” means a Receivable:

(a) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 120 days, in each case from the due date for such payment, or

(b) without duplication (i) as to which an Insolvency Proceeding shall have occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto, (ii) that has been charged-off as uncollectible or (iii) that should have been charged-off as uncollectible pursuant to the Credit and Collection Policy.

The “Outstanding Balance” of any Defaulted Receivable shall be determined without regard to any credit memos or credit balances.

Delinquency Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that were Delinquent Receivables (excluding Steel Surcharge Receivables and amounts reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as charge-backs and disputed receivables) on such day by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables on such day.

 

l-4


Delinquent Receivable ” means a Receivable (a) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days from the due date for such payment or (b) without duplication, which has been (or consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be) classified as a Delinquent Receivable by the applicable Originator. The “Outstanding Balance” of any Delinquent Receivable shall be determined without regard to any credit memos or credit balances.

“Dilution Component Reserve” means, on any day, an amount equal to (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Dilution Component Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Dilution Component Reserve Percentage on such date.

“Dilution Component Reserve Percentage” means, on any day, the product of (a) the 12-month rolling average of the Dilution Ratio at such time multiplied by (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio at such time, expressed as a percentage.

Dilution Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward), computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing: (a) the aggregate amount of payments made or owed by the Seller pursuant to Section 1.4(e)(i) of the Agreement during such calendar month excluding Ineligible Elimination Amounts, by (b) the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the calendar month that is two months prior to such calendar month.

Dilution Reserve ” means, on any day, an amount equal to: (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Dilution Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Dilution Reserve Percentage on such date.

Dilution Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, the greater of (a) 7.0%, or (b) the percentage determined by the following formula:

[[( 2.0 2.25 x ED) + ((DS-ED) x DS/ED))] x DHR] + (0.50% x CS)

 

ED   =      the “Expected Dilution,” which shall be equal to the 12-month rolling average Dilution Ratio, expressed as a percentage;
DS   =      the “Dilution Spike,” which shall be equal to the highest one month Dilution Ratio over the immediately preceding 12 months, expressed as a percentage; and
CS   =      the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the most recent calendar month divided by the Net Receivables Pool Balance for such calendar month.
DHR   =      the “Dilution Horizon Ratio,” which shall be equal to the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the three preceding calendar months divided by the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the last day of the most recent calendar month.

 

l-5


Discount ” means with respect to any Purchaser:

(a) for any Portion of Investment for any Yield Period with respect to any Purchaser to the extent such Portion of Investment will be funded by such Purchaser during such Yield Period through the issuance of Notes:

CPR x I x ED/360

(b) for any Portion of Investment for any Yield Period with respect to any Purchaser to the extent such Portion of Investment will not be funded by such Purchaser during such Yield Period through the issuance of Notes:

YR x I x ED/Year + TF

where:

 

YR   =    the Yield Rate, as applicable, for such Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,
I   =    the Investment with respect to such Portion of Investment during such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,
CPR   =    the CP Rate for the Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser,
ED   =    the actual number of days during such Yield Period,
Year   =    if such Portion of Investment is funded based upon: (i) the Euro-Rate, 360 days, and (ii) the Base Rate, 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and
TF   =    the Termination Fee, if any, for the Portion of Investment for such Yield Period with respect to such Purchaser;

provided , that no provision of the Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Discount in excess of the maximum permitted by applicable law; and provided further , that Discount for any Portion of Investment shall not be considered paid by any distribution to the extent that at any time all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.

“Eligible Foreign Obligor” means an Obligor which is a resident of any country (other than the United States of America or Canada) that has a short-term foreign currency rating (or, if such country does not have such a short-term foreign currency rating, a long-term foreign currency rating) of at least “A2” (or “A”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” (or “A2”) by Moody’s.

Eligible Receivable ” means, at any time, a Pool Receivable:

(a) the Obligor of which is (i) a United States resident , a resident of the Province of Ontario, Canada subject to the following proviso or Eligible Foreign Obligor ; provided , however , if the Obligor of such Receivable is a resident of the Province of Ontario, Canada, such Receivable shall satisfy the requirements of this clause (a)(i) if the sum of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all other Eligible Receivables (that are included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time) of Obligors who are residents of the Province of Ontario, Canada does not exceed the product of (x)  0.02 0.05 times (y) the Outstanding Balance of all other Eligible Receivables, (ii) not a government or a governmental subdivision, affiliate or agency, (iii) not subject to any action of the type described in paragraph (f)  of Exhibit V to the Agreement and (iv) not an Affiliate of Worthington,

 

l-6


(b) that is denominated and payable only in U.S. dollars in the United States,

(c) that does not have a stated maturity which is more than 60 days after the original invoice date of such Receivable;, provided , however , that up to 20.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables may have a stated maturity which is more than 60 days but not more than 90 days from the original invoice date of such Receivable,

(d) that arises under a duly authorized Contract for the sale and delivery of goods and services in the ordinary course of an Originator’s business,

(e) that arises under a duly authorized Contract that is in full force and effect and that is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms,

(f) that conforms in all material respects with all applicable laws, rulings and regulations in effect,

(g) that is not the subject of any asserted dispute, offset, hold back defense, Adverse Claim or other claim,

(h) that satisfies all applicable requirements of the applicable Credit and Collection Policy,

(i) that has not been modified, waived or restructured since its creation, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Agreement,

(j) in which the Seller owns good and marketable title, free and clear of any Adverse Claims, and that is freely assignable by the Seller (including without any consent of the related Obligor),

(k) for which the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) shall have a valid and enforceable undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, and a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest therein and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim,

 

l-7


(l) that constitutes an account as defined in the UCC, and that is not evidenced by instruments or chattel paper,

(m) that is not a Defaulted Receivable, a Delinquent Receivable or a Steel Surcharge Receivable,

(n) for which none of the Originator thereof, the Seller and the Servicer has established any offset arrangements with the related Obligor,

(o) for which Defaulted Receivables of the related Obligor do not exceed 35% of the Outstanding Balance of all such Obligor’s Receivables, and

(p) that represents amounts earned and payable by the Obligor that are not subject to the performance of additional services by the Originator or Servicer thereof.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

ERISA Affiliate ” means: (a) any corporation that is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Seller, any Originator or Worthington, (b) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) with the Seller, any Originator or Worthington, or (c) a member of the same affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Internal Revenue Code) as the Seller, any Originator, any corporation described in clause (a)  or any trade or business described in clause (b) .

Euro-Rate ” means with respect to any Yield Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrator by dividing (the resulting quotient rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100th of 1% per annum) (i) the rate of interest determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent in accordance with its usual procedures (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) to be the average of the London interbank market offered rates for U.S. dollars quoted by the BBA as set forth on Dow Jones Markets Service (formerly known as Telerate) (or appropriate successor or, if BBA or its successor ceases to provide display page 3750 (or such other display page on the Dow Jones Markets Service system as may replace display page 3750) at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the Business Day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Yield Period for an amount comparable to the Portion of Investment to be funded at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate during such Yield Period by (ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage. The Euro-Rate may also be expressed by the following formula:

 

      Average of London interbank offered rates quoted by BBA as shown on Dow Jones Markets Service display page 3750 or appropriate successor  
Euro-Rate   =  

 

 
      1.00 - Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage  

 

l-8


where “ Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage ” means, the maximum effective percentage in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including without limitation, supplemental, marginal, and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “ Eurocurrency Liabilities ”). The Euro-Rate shall be adjusted with respect to any Portion of Investment funded at the Yield Rate and based upon the Euro-Rate that is outstanding on the effective date of any change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. The applicable Purchaser Agent shall give prompt notice to the Seller of the Euro-Rate as determined or adjusted in accordance herewith (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error).

Excess Concentration ” means, on any date, the sum of the following amounts : (i) the amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables of each Obligor then in the Receivables Pool exceeds an amount equal to: (a) the applicable Concentration Percentage for such Obligor multiplied by (b) the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables , on such date.

Excluded Obligor means General Motors Corporation, Chrysler LLC or any of their respective Affiliates. “ Excluded Receivable means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Seller (as the assignee of the related Originator) or any Originator by, or any right of any Originator to payment from or on behalf of, any Excluded Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by an Originator, and includes the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto. then in the Receivables Pool on such date, plus (ii) the amount by which (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool the Obligor of which is an Eligible Foreign Obligor exceeds (b) 3.00% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool on such date.

Facility Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of: (a) with respect to each Purchaser January 26, 2011, (b) the date determined pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Agreement, (c) the date the Purchase Limit reduces to zero pursuant to Section 1.1(b) of the Agreement and (d) with respect to each Purchaser Group, the date that the commitments of all of the Liquidity Providers terminate under the related Liquidity Agreements.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the per annum rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such day opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective).” If on any relevant day such rate is not yet published in H.15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities, or any successor

 

l-9


publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations”) for such day under the caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate.” If on any relevant day the appropriate rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged before 9:00 a.m. (New York time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by such Purchaser Agent.

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Fees ” means the fees payable by the Seller to each Purchaser Group pursuant to the applicable Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any body or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, and any Person owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

Group A Obligor ” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-1” (or “A+”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-1” (or “A1”) by Moody’s.

Group B Obligor ” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-2” (or “BBB+”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-2” (or “Baa1”) by Moody’s, that is not a Group A Obligor.

Group C Obligor ” means an Obligor with a short-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating (or, if such Obligor does not have such a short-term rating, a long-term senior unsecured indebtedness rating) of at least “A-3” (or “BBB-”) by Standard & Poor’s and “P-3” (or “Baa3”) by Moody’s, that is not a Group A Obligor or a Group B Obligor.

Group Commitment ” means with respect to any Purchaser Group the aggregate of the Commitments of each Purchaser within such Purchaser Group.

Group D Obligor ” means an Obligor which is not a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor.

Group Investment ” means with respect to any Purchaser Group, an amount equal to the aggregate of all Investments of the Purchasers within such Purchaser Group.

Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

 

l-10


Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement.

Independent Director ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph 3(c) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

Ineligible Elimination Amounts ” means amounts which are reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as credit memos or aged invoices which relate to Receivables which are not Eligible Receivables, including without limitation, Receivables (a) the Obligor of which is not United States resident, (b) the Obligor of which is an Affiliate of Worthington, ( c b ) related to the resale program, ( d c ) which are Steel Surcharge Receivables, ( e d ) which are fuel surcharge receivables or ( f e ) the Obligor of which is listed on Schedule V hereto (together with its subsidiaries and affiliates); provided , however , that such amounts which are reported by the Servicer as inputs to the Information Package as credit memos or aged invoices with respect to each such Obligor set forth on Schedule V shall be deemed to be “Ineligible Elimination Amounts” beginning with the Information Package due on or prior to February 26, 2009 (containing the January 31, 2009 data) and continuing thereafter until the Administrator consents otherwise.

Information Package ” means a report, in substantially the form of Annex A to the Agreement, furnished to the Administrator pursuant to the Agreement.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means: (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors of a Person or, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors of a Person, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors, in each of cases (a) and (b) undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of the Internal Revenue Code also refer to any successor sections.

Investment ” means with respect to any Purchaser the amount paid to the Seller by such Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, or such amount divided or combined in accordance with the Agreement, in each case reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Investment pursuant to Section 1.4(d) of the Agreement; provided, that if such Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made.

Liquidity Agent ” means each of the banks acting as agent for the various Liquidity Banks under each Liquidity Agreement.

Liquidity Agreement ” means any agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement pursuant to which a Liquidity Provider agrees to make purchases or advances to, or purchase assets from, any Conduit Purchaser in order to provide liquidity for such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchases.

 

I-11


Liquidity Provider ” means each bank or other financial institution that provides liquidity support to any Conduit Purchaser pursuant to the terms of a Liquidity Agreement.

Lock-Box Account ” means an account maintained at a bank or other financial institution for the purpose of, directly or indirectly, receiving Collections.

Lock-Box Agreement ” means an agreement, among the Seller, the Servicer and a Lock-Box Bank.

Lock-Box Bank ” means any of the banks or other financial institutions holding one or more Lock-Box Accounts.

Loss Reserve ” means, on any date, an amount equal to (a) the Aggregate Investment at the close of business of the Servicer on such date multiplied by (b) (i) the Loss Reserve Percentage on such date, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Loss Reserve Percentage on such date.

Loss Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, the greater of, (a) 6.0% and (b) the product of (i)  2 2.25 times (ii) the highest average of the Default Ratios for any three consecutive calendar months during the twelve most recent calendar months multiplied by (iii) (1) (A) at all times during which the Current Days’ Sales Outstanding is less than or equal to 40, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the five most recent calendar months, and (B) at all other times, the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the six most recent calendar months divided by (2) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of such date.

Majority Purchasers ” means, at any time, Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate 2/3rds or more of the aggregate of the Commitments of all Purchasers; provided, however, that so long as any Purchaser’s Commitment is greater than 50% of the aggregate Commitments, then “Majority Purchasers” shall mean a minimum of two Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments.

Market Street ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Market Street Base Rate ” means, in the case of Market Street or any Purchaser in its Purchaser Group, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to the higher of:

(a) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by PNC in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania as its “prime rate.” Such “prime rate” is set by PNC based upon various factors, including PNC’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate, and

(b) 0.50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate.

 

I-12


Market Street CP Rate ” means, with respect to Market Street for any Yield Period with respect to any Portion of Investment, the per annum rate equivalent to the “weighted average cost” (as defined below) related to the issuance of Market Street’s Notes that are allocated, in whole or in part, by Market Street (or by its Purchaser Agent) to fund or maintain such Portion of Investment (and which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other Portions of Investment hereunder or of other assets of Market Street); provided , however , that if any component of such rate is a discount rate, in calculating the “ Market Street CP Rate ” for such Portion of Investment for such Yield Period, Market Street shall for such component use the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum. As used in this definition, Market Street’s “ weighted average cost ” shall consist of (x) the actual interest rate (or discount) paid to purchasers of Market Street’s Notes, together with the commissions of placement agents and dealers in respect of such Notes, to the extent such commissions are allocated, in whole or in part, to such Notes by Market Street (or by its Purchaser Agent) and (y) any incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Market Street’s Notes maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by Market Street. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Market Street CP Rate” for any day while a Termination Event exists shall be an interest rate equal to 2% above the Base Rate in effect on such day.

Market Street Yield Rate ” for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment of the Purchased Interest in the case of Market Street or any Purchaser in its Purchaser Group, means an interest rate per annum equal to, at Administrator’s option: (a) the rate set forth as the “Applicable Margin” in the Purchaser Group Fee Letter relating to Market Street above the Euro-Rate for such Yield Period, or (b) the Base Rate for such Yield Period; provided , however , that in the case of:

(i) any Yield Period on or before the first day of which the Administrator shall have been notified by any Purchaser or other Program Support Provider that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Person, to fund any Euro-Rate Portion of Investment (and such Person shall not have subsequently notified the Administrator that such circumstances no longer exist),

(ii) any Yield Period of one to (and including) 29 days,

(iii) any Yield Period as to which the Administrator does not receive notice before noon (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding the first day of such Yield Period that the Seller desires that the related Portion of Investment be a Euro-Rate Portion of Investment, or

(iv) any Yield Period relating to a Portion of Investment that is less than $5,000,000,

the “Yield Rate” for each such Yield Period shall be an interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect on each day of such Yield Period. The “Yield Rate” for any day while a Termination Event exists shall be an interest rate equal to (in the Administrator’s sole and absolute discretion) (i)  2% per annum above the applicable Base Rate or (ii) the Applicable Margin in effect on such day.

 

I-13


Material Adverse Effect ” means, relative to any Person with respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on:

(a) the assets, operations, business or financial condition of the Seller, the Servicer or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis,

(b) the ability of any of such Person to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party,

(c) the validity or enforceability of any other Transaction Document, or the validity, enforceability or collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables, or

(d) the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of any Purchaser’s or the Seller’s interest in the Pool Assets.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

Net Receivables Pool Balance ” means, at any time: (a) the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool minus (b) the Excess Concentration minus (c) the Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount.

Notes ” means short-term promissory notes issued, or to be issued, by each Conduit Purchaser to fund its investments in accounts receivable or other financial assets.

Obligor ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person obligated to make payments pursuant to the Contract relating to such Receivable.

Originator ” has the meaning set forth in the Sale Agreement.

Originator Assignment Certificate ” means each assignment, in substantially the form of Exhibit C to the Sale Agreement, evidencing Seller’s ownership of the Receivables generated by Originator, as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Sale Agreement.

Outstanding Balance ” of any Receivable at any time means the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Permitted Lock-Box Bank means any of the following Bank of America, Bank of Nova Scotia, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ , Bank One, Ltd., JPMorgan Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. , Citibank, Comerica Bank, First Union Bank, Firstar Bank, Fleet Bank, Huntington Bank, Key Bank, The Bank of New York Mellon Bank , National City Bank, PNC Bank, Wachovia Bank and any successor thereof , or such other bank as may be consented to by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers.

 

I-14


Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

PNC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Pool Assets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(d) of the Agreement.

Pool Receivable ” means a Receivable in the Receivables Pool.

Portion of Investment ” means, with respect to any Purchaser and its related Investment, the portion of such Investment being funded or maintained by such Purchaser by reference to a particular interest rate basis.

Program Support Agreement ” means and includes any Liquidity Agreement and any other agreement entered into by any Program Support Provider providing for: (a) the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of any Conduit Purchaser, (b) the issuance of one or more surety bonds for which the such Conduit Purchaser is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, (c) the sale by such Conduit Purchaser to any Program Support Provider of the Purchased Interest (or portions thereof) maintained by such Conduit Purchaser and/or (d) the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to any Conduit Purchaser in connection with such Conduit Purchaser’s securitization program contemplated in the Agreement, together with any letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument issued thereunder (but excluding any discretionary advance facility provided by the Administrator).

Program Support Provider ” means and includes with respect to each Conduit Purchaser any Liquidity Provider and any other Person (other than any customer of such Conduit Purchaser) now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchases from, such Conduit Purchaser pursuant to any Program Support Agreement.

Purchase ” is defined in Section 1.1(a).

Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase and Sale Termination Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.4 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase and Sale Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase Date ” means the date of which a Purchase or a reinvestment is made pursuant to the Agreement.

 

I-15


Purchase Facility ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase Limit ” means $100,000,000, as such amount may be reduced pursuant to Section 1.1(b) of the Agreement. References to the unused portion of the Purchase Limit shall mean, at any time, the Purchase Limit minus the then outstanding Aggregate Investment.

Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchase Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Purchased Interest ” means, at any time, the undivided percentage ownership interest in: (a) each and every Pool Receivable now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables and (c) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security. Such undivided percentage interest shall be computed as:

 

 

Aggregate Investment + Total Reserves

 
  Net Receivables Pool Balance  

The Purchased Interest shall be determined from time to time pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Agreement.

Purchaser ” means each Conduit Purchaser and/or each Related Committed Purchaser, as applicable.

Purchaser Agent ” means each Person acting as agent on behalf of a Purchaser Group and designated as a Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser Group on the signature pages to the Agreement or any other Person who becomes a party to this Agreement as a Purchaser Agent pursuant to an Assumption Agreement or a Transfer Supplement.

Purchaser Group ” means, for each Conduit Purchaser, such Conduit Purchaser, its Related Committed Purchasers and its related Purchaser Agent.

Purchaser Group Fee Letter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.5 of the Agreement.

Purchasers’ Share ” of any amount means such amount multiplied by the Purchased Interest at the time of determination.

Ratable Share ” means, for each Purchaser Group, such Purchaser Group’s aggregate Commitments divided by the aggregate Commitments of all Purchaser Groups.

Rating Agency Condition ” means, with respect to any material event or occurrence, receipt by the Administrator (or the applicable Purchaser Agent) of written confirmation from each of Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s that such event or occurrence shall not cause the rating on the then outstanding Notes of any applicable Purchaser to be downgraded or withdrawn.

Receivable ” means any indebtedness and other obligations owed to the Seller or any Originator by, or any right of the Seller or any Originator to payment from or on behalf of, an Obligor, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising

 

I-16


in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by an Originator, and includes the obligation to pay any finance charges, fees and other charges with respect thereto ; provided however, that “Receivable” shall not include any Excluded Receivable or any such indebtedness and such other obligations or any such right to payment arising in connection with the sale of goods or the rendering of services by the Taylor Division of Worthington Steel of Michigan, Inc. or the Worthington Machine Technology Division of The Worthington Steel Company, an Ohio corporation. . Indebtedness and other obligations arising from any one transaction, including indebtedness and other obligations represented by an individual invoice or agreement, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of the indebtedness and other obligations arising from any other transaction.

Receivables Pool ” means, at any time, all of the then outstanding Receivables purchased by the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement prior to the Facility Termination Date.

Related Committed Purchaser ” means each Person listed as such (and its respective Commitment) for each Conduit Purchaser as set forth on the signature pages of the Agreement or in any Assumption Agreement or Transfer Supplement.

Related Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Sale Agreement.

Related Security ” means, with respect to any Receivable:

(a) all of the Seller’s and the Originator thereof’s interest in any goods (including returned goods), and documentation of title evidencing the shipment or storage of any goods (including returned goods), relating to any sale giving rise to such Receivable,

(b) all instruments and chattel paper that may evidence such Receivable,

(c) all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all UCC financing statements or similar filings relating thereto, and

(d) all of the Seller’s and the Originator thereof’s rights, interests and claims under the Contracts and all guaranties, indemnities, insurance and other agreements (including the related Contract) or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable or otherwise relating to such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise.

Sale Agreement ” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000, among the Seller, the Originators and the Servicer as amended through the date of the Agreement and as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

 

I-17


Seller’s Share ” of any amount means the greater of: (a) $0 and (b) such amount minus the product of (i) such amount multiplied by (ii) the Purchased Interest.

Servicer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Servicing Fee ” shall mean the fee referred to in Section 4.6 of the Agreement.

Settlement Date ” means the 18 th Business Day of each calendar month which Business Day is set forth on Schedule IV or such other Business Day as otherwise consented to by the Administrator, the Purchasers, the Seller and the Servicer. The Administrator shall update Schedule IV to list the 18 th Business Day of each calendar month beyond November 2001 by no later than October 31, 2001.

Simple Majority ” means, at any time, Purchasers whose Commitments aggregate 51% or more of the aggregate of the Commitments of all Purchasers.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, a condition under which:

(i) the fair value and present fair saleable value of such Person’s total assets is, on the date of determination, greater than such Person’s total liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) at such time;

(ii) the fair value and present fair saleable value of such Person’s assets is greater than the amount that will be required to pay such Person’s probable liability on its existing debts as they become absolute and matured (“ debts ,” for this purpose, includes all legal liabilities, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, absolute, fixed, or contingent);

(iii) such Person is and shall continue to be able to pay all of its liabilities as such liabilities mature; and

(iv) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its current and in its anticipated business.

For purposes of this definition:

(A) the amount of a Person’s contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time shall be that amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances then existing, represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability;

(B) the “fair value” of an asset shall be the amount which may be realized within a reasonable time either through collection or sale of such asset at its regular market value;

(C) the “regular market value” of an asset shall be the amount which a capable and diligent business person could obtain for such asset from an interested buyer who is willing to Purchase such asset under ordinary selling conditions; and

 

I-18


(D) the “present fair saleable value” of an asset means the amount which can be obtained if such asset is sold with reasonable promptness in an arm’s-length transaction in an existing and not theoretical market.

Specifically Reserved Dilution Amount ” means, for any calendar month, the sum of the amounts reserved in the balance sheet of each Originator for volume rebates.

Standard & Poor’s ” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

Steel Surcharge Receivable ” means a Receivable, the Originators of which are The Worthington Steel Company, a Delaware corporation, The Worthington Steel Company, a North Carolina corporation, The Worthington Steel Company, an Ohio corporation, Worthington Steel Company of Kentucky, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company, Worthington Steel Company of Decatur, L.L.C., an Alabama limited liability company, or Worthington Steel of Michigan, Inc., a Michigan corporation, which is associated with surcharges for coke shortages, utilities, fuel, freight and other costs from vendors of such Originators.

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock of each class or other interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other managers of such entity are at the time owned, or management of which is otherwise controlled: (a) by such Person, (b) by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Tangible Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, the tangible net worth of such Person as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Termination Day ” means: (a) each day on which the conditions set forth in Section 2 of Exhibit II to the Agreement are not satisfied or (b) each day that occurs on or after the Facility Termination Date.

Termination Event ” has the meaning specified in Exhibit V to the Agreement.

Termination Fee ” means, for any Yield Period, with respect to any Purchaser, the amount, if any, by which: (a) the additional Discount related to such Purchaser’s Investment (calculated without taking into account any Termination Fee or any shortened duration of such Yield Period) that would have accrued during such Yield Period on the reductions of Investment relating to such Yield Period had such reductions not been made, exceeds (b) the income, if any, received by such Purchaser from investing the proceeds of such reductions of Investment, as determined by the such Purchaser’s Purchaser Agent, which determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Total Reserves ” means, at any time, the sum of the Yield Reserve and the greater of (a) the sum of the Loss Reserve and the Dilution Reserve, or (b) the sum of the Concentration Reserve and the Dilution Component Reserve .

 

I-19


Transaction Documents ” means the Agreement, the Lock-Box Agreements, each Purchaser Group Fee Letter, the Sale Agreement and all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered under or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

Transfer Supplement ” has the respective meanings set forth in Sections 6.3(c) and 6.3(e) .

Turnover Rate ” means, for any calendar month, an amount computed as of the last day of such calendar month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables as of the last day of such calendar month, divided by (b) the quotient of (i) the aggregate credit sales made by the Originators during the three calendar months ended on the last day of such calendar month, divided by (ii) 3.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

Unmatured Purchase and Sale Termination Event ” means any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Purchase and Sale Termination Event.

Unmatured Termination Event ” means an event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Termination Event.

Worthington ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement.

Yield Period ” means, with respect to each Portion of Investment: (a) before the Facility Termination Date: (i) initially the period commencing on the date of the initial Purchase pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Agreement (or in the case of any fees payable hereunder, commencing on the Closing Date) and ending on (but not including) the next Settlement Date, and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on such Settlement Date and ending on (but not including) the next Settlement Date, and (b) on and after the Facility Termination Date, such period (including a period of one day) as shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator or, in the absence of any such selection, each period of 30 days from the last day of the preceding Yield Period.

Yield Rate ” for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment of the Purchased Interest (i) in the case of the Purchaser Group including Market Street, means the Market Street Yield Rate, and (ii) in the case of each other Purchaser Group, shall mean the rate set forth as the Yield Rate for such Purchaser Group in the related Purchaser Group Fee Letter.

Yield Reserve ” shall be equal to the Aggregate Investment multiplied by a percentage equal to (i) the Yield Reserve Percentage divided by (ii) 100% minus the Yield Reserve Percentage.

Yield Reserve Percentage ” means, on any date, an amount equal to (i) the sum of the weighted average Base Rate for the most recent period plus 1.0%, multiplied by (ii) the product of 1.5 times the Turnover Rate, divided by (iii) 12.

 

I-20


Other Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Unless the context otherwise requires, “or” means “and/or,” and “including” (and with correlative meaning “include” and “includes”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term.

 

I-21


EXHIBIT II

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES

1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase . The initial Purchase under this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent that the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent shall have received on or before the date of such Purchase (other than with respect to the condition set forth in paragraph (g) , which such condition must be satisfied within 30 days of such Purchase), each in form and substance (including the date thereof) satisfactory to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent:

(a) A counterpart of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents executed by the parties thereto.

(b) Certified copies of: (i) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of each of the Seller, the Originators and Worthington authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller, such Originator and Worthington, as the case may be, of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party; (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary organizational action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (iii) the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement or any other organizational document, as applicable, of the Seller, each Originator and Worthington.

(c) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Seller, the Originators and Worthington certifying the names and true signatures of its officers who are authorized to sign the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. Until the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent receives a subsequent incumbency certificate from the Seller, an Originator or Worthington, as the case may be, the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent shall be entitled to rely on the last such certificate delivered to it by the Seller, such Originator or Worthington, as the case may be.

(d) Acknowledgment copies, or time stamped receipt copies, of proper financing statements, duly filed on or before the date of such initial purchase under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Administrator may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the interests of the Seller, Worthington and the Administrator (on behalf of each Purchaser) contemplated by the Agreement and the Sale Agreement.

(e) Acknowledgment copies, or time-stamped receipt copies, of proper financing statements, if any, necessary to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in the Receivables, Contracts or Related Security previously granted by the Originators, Worthington or the Seller.

(f) Completed UCC search reports, dated on or shortly before the date of the initial purchase hereunder, listing the financing statements filed in all applicable jurisdictions referred to in subsection (e)  above that name the Originators or the Seller as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements, and similar search reports with respect to judgment liens, federal tax liens and liens of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in such jurisdictions, as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may request, showing no Adverse Claims on any Pool Assets.

 

II-1


(g) Copies of executed Lock-Box Agreements with each Lock-Box Bank.

(h) Favorable opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, of: (i) Jones Day Reavis & Pogue, counsel for the Seller, the Originators, Worthington and the Servicer, and (ii) Dale T. Brinkman, counsel for Seller, Worthington and the Originators.

(i) Satisfactory results of a review and audit (performed by representatives of each Purchaser Agent) of the Servicer’s collection, operating and reporting systems, the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator, historical receivables data and accounts, including satisfactory results of a review of the Servicer’s operating location(s).

(j) A pro forma Information Package representing the performance of the Receivables Pool for the calendar month before closing.

(k) Evidence of payment by the Seller of all accrued and unpaid fees (including those contemplated by each Purchaser Group Fee Letter), costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the date thereof, including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Section 6.4 of the Agreement and the Fee Letter.

(l) Each Purchaser Group Fee Letter (received only by the related Purchaser Group Agent) duly executed by the Seller and the Servicer.

(m) Good standing certificates with respect to each of the Seller, the Originators and the Servicer issued by the Secretary of State (or similar official) of the state of each such Person’s organization and principal place of business.

(n) To the extent required by each Conduit Purchaser’s commercial paper program, letters from each of the rating agencies then rating the Notes confirming the rating of such Notes after giving effect to the transaction contemplated by the Agreement.

(o) Each Liquidity Agreement (received only by the related Purchaser Group Agent) and all other Transaction Documents duly executed by the parties thereto.

(p) A computer file containing all information with respect to the Receivables as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request.

(q) Such other approvals, opinions or documents as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may reasonably request.

2. Conditions Precedent to All Purchases and Reinvestments . Each Purchase (including the initial Purchase) and each reinvestment shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that:

(a) in the case of each purchase, the Servicer shall have delivered to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent on or before such purchase, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrator and such Purchaser Agent, a completed pro forma Information Package to reflect the level of Investment with respect to each Purchaser Group and related reserves and the calculation of the Purchased Interest after such subsequent purchase and a completed purchase notice in the form of Annex B; and

 

II-2


(b) on the date of such purchase or reinvestment the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of such purchase or reinvestment shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Seller that such statements are then true):

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III to the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such purchase or reinvestment as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate expressly to an earlier date, and in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); and

(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such purchase or reinvestment, that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event.

 

II-3


EXHIBIT III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

1. Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Seller is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including its use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments: (i) are within its corporate powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with: (A) its charter or by-laws, (B) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (C) any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or any of its property; and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(c) No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for its due execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, other than the Uniform Commercial Code filings referred to in Exhibit II to the Agreement, all of which shall have been filed on or before the date of the first purchase hereunder.

(d) Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws from time to time in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e) There is no pending or, to Seller’s best knowledge, threatened action or proceeding affecting Seller or any of its properties before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.

(f) No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used to acquire any equity security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

III-1


(g) The Seller is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pool Receivables and Related Security, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. Upon each purchase or reinvestment, Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) shall acquire a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest, in each Pool Receivable then existing or thereafter arising and in the Related Security, Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim. The Agreement creates a security interest in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) in the Pool Assets, and the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) has a first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, free and clear of any Adverse Claims. No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering any Pool Asset is on file in any recording office, except those filed in favor of the Seller pursuant to the Sale Agreement and the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) relating to the Agreement, or in respect of which the Administrator has received evidence satisfactory to the Administrator of acknowledgment copies, or time-stamped receipt copies, of proper financing statements releasing or terminating, as applicable, all security interests and other rights of any Person in such Pool Asset.

(h) Each Information Package (if prepared by the Seller or one of its Affiliates, or to the extent that information contained therein is supplied by the Seller or an Affiliate), information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Seller to the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished, and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading.

(i) The Seller has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.

(j) The names and addresses of all the Lock-Box Banks, together with the account numbers of the Lock-Box Accounts at such Lock-Box Banks, are specified in Schedule II to the Agreement (or at such other Lock-Box Banks and/or with such other Lock-Box Accounts as have been notified to the Administrator in accordance with the Agreement) and all Lock-Box Accounts are subject to Lock-Box Agreements (except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent or as provided in Section 4.3 ). Seller has not granted to any Person, other than the Administrator as contemplated by the Agreement, dominion and control of any Lock-Box Account, or the right to take dominion and control of any such account at a future time or upon the occurrence of a future event.

(k) The Seller is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

 

III-2


(l) Neither the Seller nor any of its Affiliates has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser.

(m) No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used for any purpose that violates any applicable law, rule or regulation, including Regulations T, U or X of the Federal Reserve Board.

(n) Each Pool Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance is an Eligible Receivable.

(o) No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event and no event would result from a purchase in respect of, or reinvestment in respect of, the Purchased Interest or from the application of the proceeds therefrom that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event.

(p) The Seller has accounted for each sale of undivided percentage ownership interests in Receivables in its books and financial statements as sales, consistent with generally accepted accounting principles.

(q) The Seller has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator with regard to the Receivables originated by such Originator, unless such Receivables were not Eligible Receivables as of the date of the sale or conveyance of such Receivables by such Originator to the Seller under the Sale Agreement and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables does not exceed $1,000,000.

(r) The Seller has complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are applicable to it and all laws, rules, regulations and orders that are applicable to it.

(s) The Seller’s complete corporate name is set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, and it does not use and has not during the last six years used any other corporate name, trade name, doing-business name or fictitious name, except as set forth on Schedule III to the Agreement and except for names first used after the date of the Agreement and set forth in a notice delivered to the Administrator pursuant to Section 1(k)(iv) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

(t) The Seller is not an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In addition, the Seller is not a “holding company,” a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

(u) With respect to each Receivable transferred to the Seller under the Sale Agreement, Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to the Originator thereof in

 

III-3


consideration therefor and such transfer was not made for or on account of an antecedent debt. No transfer by any Originator of any Receivable under the Sale Agreement is or may be voidable under any section of the Bankruptcy Code.

(v) Each Contract with respect to each Receivable is effective to create, and has created, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor to pay the Outstanding Balance of the Receivable created thereunder and any accrued interest thereon, enforceable against the Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(w) Since its most recent fiscal year end, there has been no change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Seller which would have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or materially and adversely affect the transactions contemplated under the Agreement or such other Transaction Documents.

2. Representations and Warranties of Worthington (including in its capacity as the Servicer) . Worthington, individually and in its capacity as the Servicer, represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Worthington is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by Worthington, of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including the Servicer’s use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments: (i) are within its corporate powers; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with: (A) its charter or by-laws, (B) any law, rule or regulation applicable to it, (C) any material indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or (D) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or any of its property; and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Worthington is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Worthington.

(c) No authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with any Governmental Authority or other Person, is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by Worthington of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.

 

III-4


(d) Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which Worthington is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Worthington enforceable against Worthington in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws from time to time in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e) The balance sheets of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at May 31, 2000, and the related statements of income and retained earnings for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, fairly present the financial condition of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at such date and the results of the operations of Worthington and its Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and since May 31, 2000, there has been no event or circumstances which have had a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Except as disclosed in the most recent audited financial statements of Worthington furnished to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent, there is no pending or, to its best knowledge, threatened action or proceeding affecting it or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used to acquire any equity security of a class that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

(h) Each Information Package (if prepared by Worthington or one of its Affiliates, or to the extent that information contained therein is supplied by Worthington or an Affiliate), information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Servicer to the Administrator, any Purchaser or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects as of its date or as of the date so furnished and does not and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not materially misleading.

(i) The principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms are used in the UCC) of Worthington and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables are located at the address referred to in Section 2(b) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

(j) Worthington is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority, which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) Neither Worthington nor any of its Affiliates has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser.

 

III-5


(l) The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy of each Originator with regard to the Receivables originated by such Originator, unless such Receivables were not Eligible Receivables as of the date of the sale or conveyance of such Receivables by such Originator to the Seller under the Sale Agreement and the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Receivables does not exceed $1,000,000.

(m) Worthington has complied in all material respects with all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are applicable to it.

(n) Worthington is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. In addition, Worthington is not a “holding company,” a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or of a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

(o) Since its most recent fiscal year end, there has been no change in the business, operations, financial condition, properties or assets of the Servicer which would have a Material Adverse Effect on its ability to perform its obligations under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or materially and adversely affect the transactions contemplated under the Agreement or such other Transaction Documents.

(p) No license or approval is required for the Administrator or any successor Servicer to use any program used by the Servicer in the servicing of the Receivables, other than such licenses and approvals that have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

(q) United States Federal income tax returns of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries have been examined and closed through fiscal year ended May 31, 2000. Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries have filed all United States Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed by them and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by Worthington or any consolidated Subsidiary. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of taxes or other governmental charges are, in the opinion of Worthington, adequate.

 

III-6


EXHIBIT IV

COVENANTS

1. Covenants of the Seller . Until the latest of the Facility Termination Date, the date on which no Investment of or Discount in respect of the Purchased Interest shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person shall be paid in full:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Seller shall comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges, except to the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc . The Seller: (i) shall not move its principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms or similar terms are used in the UCC) and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables to an address other than the address of the Seller set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement or, pursuant to clause (k)(iv) below, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrator to protect and perfect the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) in the Receivables and related items (including the Pool Assets) have been taken and completed and (ii) shall provide the Administrator with at least 30 days’ written notice before making any change in the Seller’s name or making any other change in the Seller’s identity or corporate structure (including a Change in Control) that could render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement “seriously misleading” as such term (or similar term) is used in the UCC; each notice to the Administrator pursuant to this sentence shall set forth the applicable change and the effective date thereof. The Seller also will maintain and implement (or cause the Servicer to maintain and implement) administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain (or cause the Servicer to keep and maintain) all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). The Seller will (and will cause each Originator to) on or prior to the date of the Agreement, mark its master data processing records and other books and records relating to the Purchased Interest (and at all times thereafter (until the latest of the Facility Termination Date or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement shall be paid in full) continue to maintain such records) with a legend, acceptable to the Administrator, describing the Purchased Interest.

(c) Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . The Seller shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, (i) timely

 

IV-1


perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables unless the failure to so perform or comply does not involve a material portion of such Receivables, and the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivables set forth in Section 1.4(e) , and (ii) timely comply in all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policies with regard to each Receivable.

(d) Ownership Interest, Etc . The Seller shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, take all action necessary or desirable to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Purchased Interest which shall not be greater than 100%, in the Pool Receivables, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and a first priority perfected security interest in the Pool Assets, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, in favor of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) as the Administrator, may reasonably request.

(e) Sales, Liens, Etc . The Seller shall not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to, any or all of its right, title or interest in, to or under any Pool Assets (including the Seller’s undivided interest in any Receivable, Related Security or Collections, or upon or with respect to any account to which any Collections of any Receivables are sent), or assign any right to receive income in respect of any items contemplated by this paragraph.

(f) Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Except as provided in the Agreement, the Seller shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer to, extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract.

(g) Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy . The Seller shall not make (or permit any Originator to make) any change in the character of its business or in any Credit and Collection Policy, or any change in any Credit and Collection Policy that would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Receivables. The Seller shall not make (or permit any Originator to make) any other change in any Credit and Collection Policy without giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent.

(h) Audits . The Seller shall (and shall cause each Originator to), from time to time during regular business hours, but no more frequently than annually unless (x) a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or (y) in the opinion of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) reasonable grounds for insecurity exist with respect to the collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables or with respect to the Seller’s performance or ability to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Agreement, as reasonably requested in advance (unless a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists) by the Administrator or any Purchaser, permit the

 

IV-2


Administrator or any Purchaser, or agent or representatives of the Administration or any Purchaser: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Seller (or any such Originator) relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Seller and the Originators for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i)  above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or the Seller’s, Worthington’s or the Originator’s performance under the Transaction Documents or under the Contracts with any of the officers, employees, agents or contractors of the Seller, Worthington or the Originator having knowledge of such matters and (iii) without limiting clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, to engage certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Seller and the Administrator to conduct, at the Seller’s expense, a review of the Seller’s books and records with respect to such Receivables.

(i) Change in Lock-Box Banks, Lock-Box Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors . The Seller shall not, and shall not permit the Servicer or any Originator to, add or terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Seller, the Originators, the Servicer or any Lock-Box Account (or related post office box), unless the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented thereto in writing and the Administrator shall have received copies of all agreements and documents (including Lock-Box Agreements) that it may request in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph (i)  to the contrary, the Seller may add a Permitted Lock-Box Bank as a Lock-Box Bank upon the consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(j) Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts . The Seller shall (or shall cause the Servicer to): (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, any Collections received by it, the Servicer or any Originator into Lock-Box Accounts not later than one Business Day after receipt thereof, and (ii) instruct all Obligors to make payments of all Receivables to one or more Lock-Box Accounts or to post office boxes to which only Lock-Box Banks have access (and shall instruct the Lock-Box Banks to cause all items and amounts relating to such Receivables received in such post office boxes to be removed and deposited into a Lock-Box Account on a daily basis). Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers or as provided in Section 4.3 , each Lock-Box Account shall at all times be subject to a Lock-Box Agreement. The Seller will not (and will not permit the Servicer to) deposit or otherwise credit, or cause or permit to be so deposited or credited, to any Lock-Box Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections.

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Seller will provide to the Administrator (in multiple copies, if requested by the Administrator) and each Purchaser Agent the following:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Seller, unaudited financial statements for such year certified as to accuracy by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Seller;

 

IV-3


(ii) as soon as possible and in any event within five days after the occurrence of each Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Seller setting forth details of such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event and the action that the Seller has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(iii) promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that the Seller or any Affiliate files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that the Seller or any Affiliate receives from any of the foregoing or from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which the Seller or any of its Affiliates is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition that could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of material liability on the Seller and/or any such Affiliate;

(iv) at least 30 days before any change in the Seller’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof;

(v) promptly after the Seller obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any: (A) material adverse litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between the Seller and any Person or (B) material litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document;

(vi) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of a Material Adverse Effect in the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Seller, the Servicer or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis; and

(vii) such other information respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Seller or any of its Affiliates as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(l) Certain Agreements . Without the prior written consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, the Seller will not (and will not permit any Originator to) amend, modify, waive, revoke or terminate any Transaction Document to which it is a party or any provision of Seller’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

(m) Restricted Payments . (i) Except pursuant to clause (ii)  below, the Seller will not: (A) purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, (B) declare or pay any dividend or set aside any funds for any such purpose, (C) prepay, purchase or redeem any Debt, (D) lend or advance any funds or (E) repay any loans or advances to, for or from any of its Affiliates (the amounts described in clauses (A)  through (E)  being referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

 

IV-4


(ii) Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii)  below, the Seller may make Restricted Payments so long as such Restricted Payments are made only in one or more of the following ways: (A) the Seller may make cash payments (including prepayments) on the Company Note in accordance with its terms, and (B) if no amounts are then outstanding under the Company Note, the Seller may declare and pay dividends.

(iii) The Seller may make Restricted Payments only out of the funds it receives pursuant to Sections 1.4(b)(ii) and (iv)  of the Agreement. Furthermore, the Seller shall not pay, make or declare: (A) any dividend if, after giving effect thereto, the Seller’s tangible net worth would be less than $16,000,000 or (B) any Restricted Payment (including any dividend) if, after giving effect thereto, any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

(n) Other Business . The Seller will not: (i) engage in any business other than the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Debt of any kind (or cause or permit to be issued for its account any letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances) other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Company Note; or (iii) form any Subsidiary or make any investments in any other Person; provided, however, that the Seller shall be permitted to incur minimal obligations to the extent necessary for the day-to-day operations of the Seller (such as expenses for stationery, audits, maintenance of legal status, etc.).

(o) Use of Seller’s Share of Collections . The Seller shall apply the Seller’s Share of Collections to make payments in the following order of priority: (i) the payment of its expenses (including all obligations payable to the Purchaser Groups and the Administrator under the Agreement and under each Purchaser Group Fee Letter); (ii) the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Company Note; and (iii) other legal and valid corporate purposes.

(p) Tangible Net Worth . The Seller will not permit its tangible net worth, at any time, to be less than $16,000,000.

2. Covenants of the Servicer and Worthington . Until the latest of the Facility Termination Date, the date on which no Investment of or Discount in respect of the Purchased Interest shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the Administrator and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person shall be paid in full:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington shall comply (and shall cause each Originator to comply) in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and

 

IV-5


privileges, except to the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, qualifications and privileges would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall keep (and shall cause each Originator to keep) its principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms or similar terms are used in the applicable UCC) and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables at the address of the Servicer set forth under its name on the signature page to the Agreement or, upon at least 30 days’ prior written notice of a proposed change to the Administrator, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrator to protect and perfect the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of each Purchaser) in the Receivables and related items (including the Pool Assets) have been taken and completed. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, also will (and will cause each Originator to) maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable).

(c) Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall (and shall cause each Originator to), at its expense, (i) timely perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables unless the failure to so perform or comply does not involve a material portion of such Receivables, and the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivables set forth in Section 1.4(e) , and (ii) timely comply in all material respects with the applicable Credit and Collection Policies with regard to each Receivable.

(d) Extension or Amendment of Receivables . Except as provided in the Agreement, the Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not extend (and shall not permit any Originator to extend), the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract.

(e) Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not make (and shall not permit any Originator to make) any change in the character of its business or in any Credit and Collection Policy that would have a Material Adverse Effect. The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not make (and shall not permit any Originator to make) any other change in any Credit and Collection Policy without giving prior written notice thereof to the Administrator and each Purchaser Agent.

 

IV-6


(f) Audits . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall (and shall cause each Originator to), from time to time during regular business hours, but no more frequently than annual unless (x) a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or (y) in the opinion of the Administrator (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) reasonable grounds for insecurity exist with respect to the collectibility of a material portion of the Pool Receivables or with respect to the Servicer’s performance or ability to perform in any material respect its obligations under the Agreement, as reasonably requested in advance (unless a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists) by the Administrator or a Purchaser, permit the Administrator or a Purchaser, or of the Administrator or any Purchaser agent or representative: (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including computer tapes and disks) in its possession or under its control relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including the related Contracts; and (ii) to visit its offices and properties for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i)  above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or its performance hereunder or under the Contracts with any of its officers, employees, agents or contractors having knowledge of such matters and (iii) without limiting clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, to engage certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Servicer and the Administrator to conduct, at the Servicer’s expense, a review of the Servicer’s books and records with respect to such Receivables.

(g) Change in Lock-Box Banks, Lock-Box Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors . The Servicer and, to the extent that it ceases to be the Servicer, Worthington, shall not (and shall not permit any Originator to) add or terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Servicer or any Lock-Box Account (or related post office box), unless the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have consented thereto in writing and the Administrator shall have received copies of all agreements and documents (including Lock-Box Agreements) that it may request in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph (g)  to the contrary, the Servicer may add a Permitted Lock-Box Bank as a Lock-Box Bank upon the consent of the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(h) Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts . The Servicer shall: (i) deposit, or cause to be deposited, any Collections received by it into Lock-Box Accounts not later than one Business Day after receipt thereof, and (ii) instruct all Obligors to make payments of all Receivables to one or more Lock-Box Accounts or to post office boxes to which only Lock-Box Banks have access (and shall instruct the Lock-Box Banks to cause all items and amounts relating to such Receivables received in such post office boxes to be removed and deposited into a Lock-Box Account on a daily basis). Except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers or as provided in Section 4.3 , each Lock-Box Account shall at all times be subject to a Lock-Box Agreement. The Servicer will not deposit or otherwise credit, or cause or permit to be so deposited or credited, to any Lock-Box Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections.

 

IV-7


(i) Reporting Requirements . Worthington shall provide to the Administrator (in multiple copies, if requested by the Administrator) and each Purchaser Agent the following:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of Worthington, balance sheets of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries and of Seller as of the end of such quarter and statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow of Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of such Person;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of Worthington and of Seller, a copy of the annual report for such year for Worthington and its consolidated Subsidiaries, containing financial statements for such year audited by independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(iii) as to the Servicer only, as soon as available and in any event not later than two Business Days prior to the Settlement Date, an Information Package as of the last day of such month or, within 10 Business Days of a request by the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent, an Information Package for such periods as is specified by the Administrator or such Purchaser Agent (including on a semi-monthly, weekly or daily basis);

(iv) as soon as possible and in any event within five days after becoming aware of the occurrence of each Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of Worthington setting forth details of such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event and the action that such Person has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(v) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of all reports that Worthington sends to any of its security holders, and copies of all reports and registration statements that Worthington or any Subsidiary files with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange; provided , that any filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission that have been granted “confidential” treatment shall be provided promptly after such filings have become publicly available;

(vi) promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that Worthington or any of its Affiliate files under ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that such Person or any of its Affiliates receives from any

 

IV-8


of the foregoing or from any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) to which such Person or any of its Affiliate is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition that could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of a material liability on Worthington and/or any such Affiliate;

(vii) at least thirty days before any change in Worthington’s or any Originator’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof;

(viii) promptly after Worthington obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any: (A) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between Worthington or any of its Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority that, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; (B) litigation or proceeding adversely affecting such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in which the amount involved is more than $2,000,000 and not covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought and which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or (C) litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document;

(ix) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of a Material Adverse Effect in the business, operations, property or financial or other condition of the Servicer, the Seller or Worthington Industries, Inc. on a consolidated basis;

(x) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any downgrade of Worthington;

(xi) such other information respecting the Receivables or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of Worthington or any of its Affiliates as the Administrator or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and

(xii) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any material acquisition or investment by Worthington of or in any Person, business or operation.

3. Separate Existence . Each of the Seller and Worthington hereby acknowledges that the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Administrator and the Liquidity Providers are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in reliance upon the Seller’s identity as a legal entity separate from Worthington and its Affiliates. Therefore, from and after the date hereof, each of the Seller and Worthington shall take all steps specifically required by the Agreement or reasonably required by the Administrator to continue the Seller’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third Persons that the Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of Worthington and any other

 

IV-9


Person, and is not a division of Worthington, its Affiliates or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to and consistent with the other covenants set forth herein, each of the Seller and Worthington shall take such actions as shall be required in order that:

(a) The Seller will be a limited purpose corporation whose primary activities are restricted in its certificate of incorporation to: (i) purchasing or otherwise acquiring from the Originators, owning, holding, granting security interests or selling interests in Pool Assets, (ii) entering into agreements for the selling and servicing of the Receivables Pool, and (iii) conducting such other activities as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary activities;

(b) The Seller shall not engage in any business or activity, or incur any indebtedness or liability, other than as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents;

(c) Not less than one member of the Seller’s Board of Directors (the “ Independent Director ”) shall be an individual who is not a direct, indirect or beneficial stockholder, officer, director, employee, affiliate, associate or supplier of Worthington or any of its Affiliates. The certificate of incorporation of the Seller shall provide that: (i) the Seller’s Board of Directors shall not approve, or take any other action to cause the filing of, a voluntary bankruptcy petition with respect to the Seller unless the Independent Director shall approve the taking of such action in writing before the taking of such action, and (ii) such provision cannot be amended without the prior written consent of the Independent Director . The Seller hereby agrees that the provisions of its certificate of incorporation described in the preceding sentence shall not be amended without the consent of the Administrator ;

(d) The Independent Director shall not at any time serve as a trustee in bankruptcy for the Seller, Worthington or any Affiliate thereof;

(e) Any employee, consultant or agent of the Seller will be compensated from the Seller’s funds for services provided to the Seller. The Seller will not engage any agents other than its attorneys, auditors and other professionals, and a servicer and any other agent contemplated by the Transaction Documents for the Receivables Pool, which servicer will be fully compensated for its services by payment of the Servicing Fee, and a manager, which manager will be fully compensated from the Seller’s funds;

(f) The Seller will contract with the Servicer to perform for the Seller all operations required on a daily basis to service the Receivables Pool. The Seller will pay the Servicer the Servicing Fee pursuant to the Agreement. The Seller will not incur any material indirect or overhead expenses for items shared with Worthington (or any other Affiliate thereof) that are not reflected in the Servicing Fee. To the extent, if any, that the Seller (or any Affiliate thereof) shares items of expenses not reflected in the Servicing Fee or the manager’s fee, such as legal, auditing and other professional services, such expenses will be allocated to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or the value of services rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to the actual use or the

 

IV-10


value of services rendered; it being understood that Worthington shall pay all expenses relating to the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, including legal, agency and other fees;

(g) The Seller’s operating expenses will not be paid by Worthington or any other Affiliate thereof;

(h) All of the Seller’s business correspondence and other communications shall be conducted in the Seller’s own name and on its own separate stationery;

(i) The Seller’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of Worthington and any other Affiliate thereof;

(j) All financial statements of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof that are consolidated to include Seller will contain detailed notes clearly stating that: (i) a special purpose corporation exists as a Subsidiary of Worthington, and (ii) the Originators have sold receivables and other related assets to such special purpose Subsidiary that, in turn, has sold undivided interests therein to certain financial institutions and other entities;

(k) The Seller’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof;

(l) The Seller will strictly observe corporate formalities in its dealings with Worthington or any Affiliate thereof, and funds or other assets of the Seller will not be commingled with those of Worthington or any Affiliate thereof except as permitted by the Agreement in connection with servicing the Pool Receivables. The Seller shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which Worthington or any Affiliate thereof (other than Worthington in its capacity as the Servicer) has independent access. The Seller is not named, and has not entered into any agreement to be named, directly or indirectly, as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy with respect to any loss relating to the property of Worthington or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate of Worthington. The Seller will pay to the appropriate Affiliate the marginal increase or, in the absence of such increase, the market amount of its portion of the premium payable with respect to any insurance policy that covers the Seller and such Affiliate; and

(m) The Seller will maintain arm’s-length relationships with Worthington (and any Affiliate thereof). Any Person that renders or otherwise furnishes services to the Seller will be compensated by the Seller at market rates for such services it renders or otherwise furnishes to the Seller. Neither the Seller nor Worthington will be or will hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of the other or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business and affairs of the other. The Seller and Worthington will immediately correct any known misrepresentation with respect to the foregoing, and they will not operate or purport to operate as an integrated single economic unit with respect to each other or in their dealing with any other entity . ;

(n) Worthington shall not pay the salaries of Seller’s employees, if any ; and

 

IV-11


(o) At all times that this Agreement is in effect, the Seller will provide for not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrator of the replacement or appointment of any director that is to serve as an Independent Director (or, if such replacement or appointment is due to a reason other than any direct or indirect action by the Seller, the Servicer or a stockholder or beneficial interest holder in the Seller (or any director (other than such Independent Director), officer, employee, or affiliate thereof), the Seller will provide for prompt written notice upon Seller’s knowledge or notice (but in no event more than one (1) Business Day following such knowledge or notice)), in each case such notice to include the identity of the proposed replacement Independent Director, together with a certification that such replacement satisfies the requirements for an Independent Director set forth in this Agreement and the certificate of incorporation of the Seller .

 

IV-12


EXHIBIT V

TERMINATION EVENTS

Each of the following shall be a “ Termination Event ”:

(a)(i) the Seller, Worthington, any Originator or the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document and, except as otherwise provided herein, such failure shall continue for more than five Business Days after knowledge or notice thereof, (ii) the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to make when due any payment or deposit to be made by it under the Agreement and such failure shall continue unremedied for one Business Day or (iii) Worthington shall resign as Servicer, and no successor Servicer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrator and the Majority Purchasers shall have been appointed;

(b) Worthington (or any Affiliate thereof) shall fail to transfer to any successor Servicer when required any rights pursuant to the Agreement that Worthington (or such Affiliate) then has as Servicer;

(c) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Seller, Worthington or any Originator (or any of their respective officers) under or in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any information or report delivered by the Seller, Worthington or any Originator or the Servicer pursuant to the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered; provided however , that if the representation and warranty contained in Sections 1(g) , 1(n) or 1(v) of Exhibit III shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered, such breach shall not constitute a Termination Event if the Seller shall have complied with its obligations with respect to such Receivable set forth in Section 1.4(e) ;

(d) the Seller or the Servicer shall fail to deliver the Information Package pursuant to the Agreement, and such failure shall remain unremedied for two Business Days;

(e) the Agreement or any purchase or reinvestment pursuant to the Agreement shall for any reason: (i) cease to create, or the Purchased Interest shall for any reason cease to be, a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership or security interest to the extent of the Purchased Interest in each Pool Receivable, the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, or (ii) cease to create with respect to the Pool Assets, or the interest of the Administrator (for the benefit of the Purchasers) with respect to such Pool Assets shall cease to be, a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

(f) the Seller, Worthington or any Originator shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Seller, Worthington or any Originator seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization

 

V-1


or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 60 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Seller, Worthington or any Originator shall take any organizational action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph;

(g)(i) (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed 1.50%, or (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 6.00% or (ii) the average for three consecutive calendar months of (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed 1.25%, (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 5.00%, or (C) the Dilution Ratio shall exceed 2.50%;

(h) a Change in Control shall occur with respect to Seller, any Originator or Worthington;

(i) at any time (i) the sum of (A) the Aggregate Investment plus (B) the Total Reserves, exceeds (ii) the sum of (A) the Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time plus (B) the Purchasers’ Share of the amount of Collections then on deposit in the Lock-Box Accounts (other than amounts set aside therein representing Discount and Fees), and such circumstance shall not have been cured within two Business Days;

(j)(i) Worthington or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Debt that is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $5,000,000 in the aggregate when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (and shall have not been waived); or (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to any such Debt and shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument (and shall have not been waived), if, in either case: (a) the effect of such non-payment, event or condition is to give the applicable debtholders the right (whether acted upon or not) to accelerate the maturity of such Debt, or (b) any such Debt shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made, in each case before the stated maturity thereof;

(k) either: (i) a contribution failure shall occur with respect to any Benefit Plan sufficient to give rise to a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA, (ii) the Internal Revenue Service shall file a notice of lien asserting a claim or claims of $250,000 or more in the aggregate pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any of the assets of Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate and such lien shall have been filed and not released within 10 days, or (iii) the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention in writing to the Seller, any Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate to, either file a notice of lien asserting a claim pursuant to ERISA with regard to any assets of the Seller, any

 

V-2


Originator, Worthington or any ERISA Affiliate or terminate any Benefit Plan that has unfunded benefit liabilities, or any steps shall have been taken to terminate any Benefit Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA so as to result in any liability in excess of $1,000,000 and such lien shall have been filed and not released within 10 days;

(l) one or more final judgments for the payment of money shall be entered against the Seller or (ii) one or more final judgments for the payment of money in an amount in excess of $20,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, shall be entered against the Servicer on claims not covered by insurance or as to which the insurance carrier has denied its responsibility, and such judgment shall continue unsatisfied and in effect for sixty (60) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

(m) the “Purchase and Sale Termination Date” under and as defined in the Sale Agreement shall occur under the Sale Agreement or any Originator shall for any reason cease to transfer, or cease to have the legal capacity to transfer, or otherwise be incapable of transferring Receivables to the Seller under the Sale Agreement; or

(n) Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s shall request any amendment, supplement or other modification of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document which is not made within 10 Business Days after the applicable Purchaser Agent has provided notice thereof to the parties hereto ; or

(o) (i) the Seller shall fail to perform or observe any covenant or agreement set forth in paragraphs 3(c) or 3(o) of Exhibit IV or (ii) any Person shall be appointed or replaced as an Independent Director of the Seller without the prior written consent of the Administrator, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld so long as such appointed or replacement Independent Director satisfies the requirements for an “Independent Director” set forth in Section 3(c) of Exhibit IV .

 

V-3


SCHEDULE I

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY

 

Schedule

I-1


SCHEDULE II

LOCK-BOX BANKS AND LOCK-BOX ACCOUNTS

 

Lock-Box Bank

   Lock-Box    Account

Bank of America, N.A.

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

Bank One, Columbus

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

Bank One, Michigan

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

Wachovia Bank, N.A.

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

Mellon Bank, N.A.

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

PNC Bank, National City Bank Association

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

Wachovia Bank, N.A.

   xxxxxxx    xxxxxxx

 

Schedule

II-1


SCHEDULE III

TRADE NAMES

 

Organizational Name

   Trade Names /Fictitious Names

Worthington Receivables Corporation

  

None

 

Schedule

III-1


SCHEDULE IV

SETTLEMENT DATES

 

Settlement Date

(18 th Business Day)

  

Information Package

due dates (16 th Business Day)

12/27/2000    12/22/2000
01/26/2001    01/24/2001
02/27/2001    02/23/2001
03/26/2001    03/22/2001
04/25/2001    04/23/2001
05/24/2001    05/22/2001
06/26/2001    06/22/2001
07/26/2001    07/24/2001
08/24/2001    08/22/2001
09/27/2001    09/25/2001
10/25/2001    10/23/2001
11/28/2001    11/26/2001

 

Schedule

IV-1


SCHEDULE V

INELIGIBLE OBLIGORS

1. Duffy Tool and Stamping, LLC

2. Bettcher Manufacturing LLC

 

Schedule

V-1


ANNEX A

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF INFORMATION PACKAGE

 

Annex A-1


ANNEX B

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE

 

Annex B-1


ANNEX C

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

Annex C-1


ANNEX D

to Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF TRANSFER SUPPLEMENT

 

Annex D-1


EXHIBIT I    Definitions
EXHIBIT II    Conditions of Purchases
EXHIBIT III    Representations and Warranties
EXHIBIT IV    Covenants
EXHIBIT V    Termination Events

SCHEDULE I Credit and Collection Policy

SCHEDULE II    Lock-Box Banks and Lock-Box Accounts
SCHEDULE III    Trade Names
SCHEDULE IV    Settlement Dates
ANNEX A    Form of Information Package
ANNEX B    Form of Purchase Notice
ANNEX C    Form of Assumption Agreement
ANNEX D    Form of Transfer Supplement

 

Annex D-2


CONTENTS

 

Clause

        Page

ARTICLE I

  

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES

   1

Section 1.1.

  

Purchase Facility

   1

Section 1.2.

  

Making Purchases

   2

Section 1.3.

  

Purchased Interest Computation

   4

Section 1.4.

  

Settlement Procedures

   4

Section 1.5.

  

Fees

   8

Section 1.6.

  

Payments and Computations, Etc

   9

Section 1.7.

  

Increased Costs

   9

Section 1.8.

  

Requirements of Law

   10

Section 1.9.

  

Inability to Determine Euro-Rate

   11

Section 1.10.

  

[Reserved]

   12

ARTICLE II

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; TERMINATION EVENTS

   12

Section 2.1.

  

Representations and Warranties; Covenants

   12

Section 2.2.

  

Termination Events

   12

ARTICLE III

  

INDEMNIFICATION

   12

Section 3.1.

  

Indemnities by the Seller

   12

Section 3.2.

  

Indemnities by the Servicer

   14

ARTICLE IV

  

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS

   15

Section 4.1.

  

Appointment of the Servicer

   15

Section 4.2.

  

Duties of the Servicer

   15

Section 4.3.

  

Lock-Box Account Arrangements

   16

Section 4.4.

  

Enforcement Rights

   17

Section 4.5.

  

Responsibilities of the Seller

   18

Section 4.6.

  

Servicing Fee

   18

ARTICLE V

  

THE AGENTS

   19

Section 5.1.

  

Appointment and Authorization

   19

Section 5.2.

  

Delegation of Duties

   20

Section 5.3.

  

Exculpatory Provisions

   20

Section 5.4.

  

Reliance by Agents

   20

Section 5.5.

  

Notice of Termination Events

   21

Section 5.6.

  

Non-Reliance on Administrator, Purchaser Agents and Other Purchasers

   22


CONTENTS

 

Clause

        Page

Section 5.7.

  

Administrators and Affiliates

   22

Section 5.8.

  

Indemnification

   22

Section 5.9.

  

Successor Administrator

   23

ARTICLE VI

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   23

Section 6.1.

  

Amendments, Etc

   23

Section 6.2.

  

Notices, Etc

   24

Section 6.3.

  

Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments

   24

Section 6.4.

  

Costs, Expenses and Taxes

   26

Section 6.5.

  

No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments

   27

Section 6.6.

  

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

   27

Section 6.7.

  

Execution in Counterparts

   27

Section 6.8.

  

Survival of Termination

   27

Section 6.9.

  

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

   28

Section 6.10.

  

Sharing of Recoveries

   28

Section 6.11.

  

Right of Setoff

   28

Section 6.12.

  

Entire Agreement

   28

Section 6.13.

  

Headings

   28

Section 6.14.

  

Purchaser Groups’ Liabilities

   29

Exhibit 31.1

RULE 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a)

CERTIFICATIONS (PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER)

CERTIFICATIONS

I, John P. McConnell, certify that:

 

  1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2010 of Worthington Industries, Inc.;

 

  2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

 

  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 7, 2010

 

By:

 

      /s/ John P. McConnell

   

      John P. McConnell,

   

      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

RULE 13a-14(a) / 15d-14(a)

CERTIFICATIONS (PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER)

CERTIFICATIONS

I, B. Andrew Rose, certify that:

 

  1.

I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2010 of Worthington Industries, Inc.;

 

  2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)), for the registrant and have:

 

  (a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 7, 2010

 

By:

 

      /s/ B. Andrew Rose

   

      B. Andrew Rose,

   

      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER*

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Worthington Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John P. McConnell, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

/s/ John P. McConnell

Printed Name: John P. McConnell

Title: Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

Date: April 7, 2010

*These certifications are being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. These certifications shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Worthington Industries, Inc. specifically incorporates these certifications by reference.

Exhibit 32.2

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER*

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Worthington Industries, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended February 28, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, B. Andrew Rose, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:

 

  (1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

/s/ B. Andrew Rose

Printed Name: B. Andrew Rose

Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Date: April 7, 2010

*These certifications are being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. These certifications shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that Worthington Industries, Inc. specifically incorporates these certifications by reference.